(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

GA#fb 



V 



BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 

CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 




JANUARY 1972 

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 

ACADEMIC YEAR 1972-73 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated 
below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration Dean of Babcock Graduate 

School of Management 

Catalogs Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Vice President for Business 

and Finance 
General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School 

Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
N. C. 27103 

Placement Director of Placement 

Public Relations and 

Development Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of the College 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 



TRAFFIC 
RULES & 

REGULATIONS 



WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 
JUNE 15, 1972 



TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 



I. GENERAL INFORMATION 

A. The following provisions shall apply to Faculty, Staff, Employees, Con- 
cessionnaires, and Students of Wake Forest University. 

B. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS ARE ENFORCED AT ALL TIMES. 

C. Officers for enforcement: Duly appointed officers of Wake Forest Uni- 
versity Police and members of the Student Patrol have the power and 
authority to issue and affix citations for violations of these regulations. 

D. University parking, traffic, and safety regulations are issued supplemen- 
tally to all applicable North Carolina State laws and Winston- Salem City 
ordinances which will be administered by University Police at all times. 

E. Wake Forest University will assume no responsibility for damage of vehicle 
while parked or while being operated, nor contents within vehicle. 

F. These regulations are established and approved by the Traffic Commission 
of Wake Forest University. 

II. MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION 

A. All Faculty, Staff, Employees, Concessionnaires, and Students must register 
vehicles before operating vehicles on campus whether or not owned by 
operator. 

B. The Traffic Office will provide appropriate stickers at the time of registra- 
tion, and these must be displayed on the right rear bumper. On motorcycles 
or scooters, the stickers are to be placed on the lower right corner of the 
windshield, or as directed by the Traffic Office. 

C. Proof of vehicle ownership will be required at registration. Ownership must 
be established by presenting one of the following: State registration, title, 
bill of sale, or the State inspection worksheet. 

D. The application for vehicle registration shall contain the following informa- 
tion: 

1. The name and address of the owner and operator of the motor vehicle. 

2. The make, model and color of the vehicle. 

3. The license number of the vehicle. 

E. Student registration fees for all motor vehicles are as follows: 

$20.00 for the school year 

2.00 for each additional sticker 
10.00 for spring semester 
5.00 for summer school 



Motorcycles and other two-wheeled motor-driven vehicles: 

$6.00 for the school year 
3.00 for spring semester 
2.00 for summer school 

F. Temporary Registration: Any student may register a motor vehicle for a 
twenty-one (21) day period for a fee of $2.00. No student or vehicle may 
receive such a temporary registration more than twice any semester. 

G. Any Trailer Park or Student Apartment resident may elect to receive and 
display in the prescribed manner a special sticker identifying his vehicle 
as such. Vehicles so identified may use parking spaces at the Trailer Park 
and Student Apartments at any time and elsewhere on campus except 
between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M. weekdays and 8:00 A.M. 
till 12:00 noon Saturdays. Fee shall be $1.00 for each vehicle for the 
school year or fraction. Except for the reduced fee, the sticker exempts 
holder from no other provision of these regulations. 

H. Registration stickers are not transferable. In the case of a change of 
automobile or damaged sticker, a new sticker must be secured. The old 
and /or damaged sticker must be returned to the Traffic Office for replace- 
ment. There is no charge for replacement if the old sticker is returned. 

I. Money paid for a parking sticker does not guarantee nor reserve a specific 
parking space. 

III. TIME OF VEHICLE REGISTRATION 

A. All motor vehicles which are owned or to be operated by Faculty, Staff, 
Employees, Concessionnaires, or Students must be registered within the 
University registration period in the fall semester of each year. In addition, 
all motor vehicles which are owned or to be operated by Faculty, Staff, 
Employees, Concessionnaires on the campus of Wake Forest University 
must be registered at the time of their employment. 

B. Parking of an unregistered motor vehicle on campus shall be limited to 
twenty-four (24) hours from the time the vehicle is brought to Wake 
Forest University. During this twenty-four hour period, and after its 
expiration, the motor vehicle shall be subject to all other Wake Forest 
University traffic regulations. 

IV. PARKING PLACES 

A. Faculty members and Staff may park in any marked space not restricted 
by red curb or warning sign. 

B. Employees must park in Lot No. 12, or such other spaces as may be 
designated in writing by the Traffic Office. 





















p 

J 















C. Student parking zones: Any vehicle bearing a student sticker may park in 
marked spaces in the following lots: 1, 5, 12, 13, and 16. Student parking 
is also allowed in the following lots EXCEPT where restricted by painted 
curb; 2, 8, 11, and 15. On-street parking is allowed ONLY in marked 
spaces. 

D. Parking between 5:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. Parking by all persons shall be 
permitted in space designated "Faculty and Visitor Parking" between the 
hours of five o'clock P.M. and eight o'clock A.M. of any day, unless other- 
wise designated. 

E. Parking on Saturday and Sunday: Parking by all persons shall be permitted 
in spaces designated for "Faculty and Visitors Parking" from twelve 
o'clock noon Saturdays until eight o'clock A.M. on Mondays unless 
otherwise designated. 

F. Parking in TOW-AWAY ZONES: Any person who parks, or leaves any 
motor vehicle in any traveled portion of any street or parking lot, at a fire 
hydrant, or on any grassed area shall have the vehicle towed away at the 
owner's expense. Such vehicles may be recovered by paying towing charges 
at the Treasurer's office. 

V. PENALTIES 

A. Every person who parks his motor vehicle in violation of these regula- 
tions and who has received a written citation therefore from an authorized 
officer, or whose motor vehicle has had a written citation affixed thereto, 
shall be held responsible for payment of fine indicated by violation. 

B. Violations and Fines 

1. $10.00 offenses 

a. Non-registration of vehicle. (This fine for each offense) 

b. Parking on any grassed area. (PLUS TOW- AWAY) 

2. $5.00 offenses 

a. Driving the wrong way on a one-way street. 

b. Parking in a reserved space. 

c. Parking next to a fire hydrant or obstructing a fire truck lane. 

(PLUS TOW- AWAY) 

d. Operating a motor vehicle in a careless or reckless manner so as to 

endanger the welfare, safety, or property of others. 

3. $2.00 offenses 

a. Parking next to any red curb. 

b. Backing into any parking space except spaces parallel to a curb. 

c. Obstructing a walkway or driveway. 

d. Parking over 12 inches from the curb or out of space. 

e. Double parking (with or without a driver in attendance). 



f. Parking on the wrong side of the street. 

g. Parking on, over, or next to a yellow line, curb, or post. 

h. Parking in any zone other than zone authorized by permit. 

i. Overtime parking in a limited time zone. 

j. Parking in a service drive (except for service or emergency vehicles). 

k. Parking in space reserved for official University vehicles. 

1. Failure to display sticker properly. 

4. $1.00 offenses 

a. Failure to remove old Wake Forest University stickers. 

5. Each day a vehicle remains in violation of these regulations shall con- 

stitute a separate violation. 

6. Upon receiving the 5th citation per semester by any person shall cause 

that person's registration to be cancelled for all vehicles registered in 
his or her name for the remainder of the semester. If any vehicle is 
found on campus after 24 hours from the time of registration can- 
cellation, the vehicle will be given a ticket for an unregistered vehicle 
and shall be TOWED AWAY at the owner's expense. When the 
vehicle registration is cancelled the sticker or stickers must be turned 
in to the Traffic Office without refund. 

C. Place for payment of fines 

All payments shall be made at the Office of the Treasurer, Wake Forest 
University, within 14 calendar days after the violation. Any person 
who makes an appeal, and whose appeal is denied, has 14 days after 
the hearing to make payment for the violation. Any student who 
fails to pay any fines shall not receive his grades or be graduated from 
Wake Forest University until such fine is paid in full. 

VI. APPEALS 

A. All appeals must be filed in writing with the Board of Traffic appeals with- 
in 7 days from the date of citation or there shall be no right of appeal. 

B. The Board of Traffic Appeals shall consist of three members of the Student 
Body of Wake Forest University to be appointed by the President of the 
Student Body, and two Faculty members appointed by the Chairman of 
the Traffic Commission. It shall be the duty of the Board of Traffic 
Appeals to make a written report to the Chairman of the Wake Forest 
University Traffic Commission as to all appeals heard and as to the 
Board's findings in each case appealed. If the decision of the Board of 
Traffic Appeals is in favor of the appellant, the imposed and paid fine 
shall be remitted. 

C. In the event that an appeal is made from the payment of a fine or fines 



imposed under these regualtions, the Board of Traffic Appeals shall hear 
such case upon the original citation. The appellant shall have the right to 
present testimony and witnesses in his behalf. The issues which may be 
decided by the Board of Traffic Appeals shall be limited to determination 
of the factual issues as to whether or not there has been any violation of 
these regulations. 

D. The Board of Traffic Appeals shall meet for the hearing of appeals on the 
first Tuesday of each month during the school year and at such times the 
Chairman of the Board of Traffic Appeals deems necessary for additional 
meetings. It shall be the duty of the Board of Traffic Appeals to notify 
each appellant of the time and place for the hearing of his appeal. Any 
person who has an appeal before the Board and fails to appear, after 
having been notified of the time and place of the meeting, will have his 
appeal denied. There will be no continuance of appeals. 

E. Appeals Board for the summer sessions shall be appointed by the President 
of the Student Body and the Chairman of the Traffic Commission. 

F. All decisions of the Traffic Board of Appeals shall be final. 

VII. PRIMA FACIE RULE 

A. Whenever any motor vehicle is found to be parking contrary to, and in 
violation of the provisions of any parking regulation prohibiting or regulat- 
ing the parking of such vehicle, it shall be prima facie evidence that such 
vehicle was parked and left in violation of these regulations by the person 
in whose name such vehicle is registered. 




Wait Chapel and Plaza 




e Campus 




ft) 
e 

s 



o 
o 

CO 

►*; 

o 

o 
-o 

CO 

ft) 
e 
O 



New Series 



January 1972 



Vol. LXVII, No. 1 



BULLETIN OF 



Wake Forest 
University 







GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVENTH YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1972-1973 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by 

the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and 

changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest 

University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103 

for Bowman Gray School of Medicine) . 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 









19 


72 








JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 1011 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 910 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 






FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 1617 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 






MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 1011 

12 13 14 1516 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 






JANUARY 


19 

APRIL 


73 

JULY 


OCTOBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 910 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 6 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 






FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 1516 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 26 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 910 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 91011 
12 1314 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 






MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 






S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 






1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 131415 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 1415 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 1011 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 



















UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

Fall Term 1972 



August 


31 


Thursday 




9:00 Residence halls open for stu 
dents 


August 


31 


Thursday 




11:00 Cafeteria open 


August 


31 


Thursday 


1 


Orientation for new freshmen anc 


September 


4 


Monday 


1 


transfer students 


September 


5 


Tuesday 




Registration of new students 


September 


6 


Wednesday 




Classes begin 


October 


6 


Friday 




I grades of last term become F 


October 


6 


Friday 




Last day for dropping a course with 
out penalty 


October 


28 


Saturday 




Homecoming 


November 
November 


23 
26 


Thursday 
Sunday 


1 

\ 


Thanksgiving Holiday 


November 


27 


Monday 




Classes resume 


December 


9 


Saturday 




Reading Day 


December 


11 


Monday 




Examinations begin 


December 


19 


Tuesday 




Examinations end 


December 
January 


20 

2 


Wednesday 
Tuesday 


s 


Christmas Recess 



Winter Term 1973 



January 2 Tuesday 



9:00 Residence halls open for stu- 
dents 



January 3 Wednesday Classes begin 

January 30 Tuesday Classes end 

January 31 Wednesday } 



February 1 Thursday £ 



Winter Recess 







Spring 


Term 1973 


February 
February 


2 
3 


Friday 
Saturday 


1 

s 


Registration 


February 


5 


Monday 




Classes begin 


February 


8 


Thursday 




Founders' Day Convocation 


March 


5 


Monday 




I grades of last term become F 


March 


9 


Friday 




Last day for dropping a course with- 
out penalty 


April 
April 


1 

8 


Sunday 
Sunday 


s 


Spring Recess 


April 


9 


Monday 




Classes resume 


April 


12 


Thursday 




Senior Testing Day 


April 


16 


Monday 




Last day for payment of reservation 
deposit for next year 


April 

May 


23 
5 


Monday 
Saturday 


s 


Sophomore conferences with advisers 


May 


16 


Wednesday 




Reading Day 


May 


17 


Thursday 




Examinations begin 


May 


24 


Thursday 




Examinations end 


May 


25 


Friday 




Last Senior grades due in Registrar's 
office 


May 


27 


Sunday 




Baccalaureate Sermon 


May 


28 


Monday 




Graduation 



* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter re- 
cess of the Public Schools. 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

The University and Its Equipment 8 

Admission 21 

University Charges and Financial Arrangements 25 

Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student 

Employment 31 

Activities 42 

General Information 50 

Requirements for Degrees 63 

Courses in The College 78 

The Babcock Graduate School of Management 156 

Graduate School 160 

School of Law 161 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 166 

Summer Session 170 

Board of Trustees 172 

Administration and Instruction 173 

Degrees Conferred 213 

Enrollment 230 

Index 235 



INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY 

Location 

Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows 
Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the 
city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake 
Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, and the Graduate School. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con- 
ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer- 
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, 
professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta 
Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on 
Legal Education of the American Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical 
college, is a member of the Association of American Medical 
Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association. 

The Charles Ff. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Business. 

The Teacher Education Program is accredited by the Na- 
tional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for 
more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to 
all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. 



THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake 
Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation 
of the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina. One of the 
two main purposes which led to the organization of the con- 
vention in 1830 was to establish an educational institution that 
would give training under Christian influences and provide 
educated ministers and laymen. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con- 
vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, 
began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the 
Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention 
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles 
north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter 
granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school 
was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with 
Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to 
give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five 
years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor 
school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in 
agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 
the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the 
close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in 
December 1838 as Wake Forest College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbian College, 
Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal 
arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest 
College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four 
young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a 
college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in 
June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of 
Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening 
Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies (now 
the Graduate School) in 1961. In 1942 the College became co- 
educational. 



This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 



Historical Sketch 



The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu- 
dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among 
these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries, 
lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, 
farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From 
the beginning the College has made marked contributions to 
Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship 
generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found- 
ers of the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State 
Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity 
for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to 
Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years 
after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to 
provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on 
the old campus. 

The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary 
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda 
Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were 
held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United 
States delivering the principal address. The following spring 
actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was 
intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- 
tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took 
place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem 
in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray 
Foundation. 

Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, 
the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises 
were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake 
Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use 
of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary, which now 
occupies the campus. 

The University 
By reason of the growth and development of the College, 
and because of the expansion of its program not only in its 



Historical Sketch 



professional and graduate schools but also in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake 
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the Baptist State 
Convention of North Carolina. The Board has thirty-six mem- 
bers who serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each 
year at the annual convention. 

During its history of 137 years the College has been headed by 
a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these 
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. 
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering 
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the 
dates of their administrations, follows: 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., 

Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no small 
degree to the leadership of its presidents f and to the faculty 
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- 
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey 
Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, 
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; 
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren 
Gorrell, Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. 
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; and Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biolo- 

* During the years 18S2-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D., (Professor of 
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History 
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

10 



Purposes and Objectives 



gy, 36 years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education 
for 36 years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. 
Earnshaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, 
twenty-two have served more than thirty years, including the 
following who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or 
more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; 
Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen 
Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathe- 
matics, 35 years; Dr. A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. 
Charles S. Black, Chemistry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, 
History, 44 years; Dr. Coy C. Carpenter,* Medicine, 41 years; 
Dr. Harold D. Parcell, French, 35 years; Prof. A. Lewis Ay cock, 
English, 43 years; and Prof. Jasper L. Memory, Education, 42 
years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 
years as Librarian. In a word, the University has enlisted and 
retained throughout their teaching careers men and women who 
have devoted themselves to the University and to its ideals of 
culture and Christian leadership. 

Purposes and Objectives 
As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to 
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible 
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural 
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, 
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through 
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to 
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one 
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in 
building a system of values which takes full account of the 
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may 
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, 
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital 
and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its 
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, 
business, research, and other professions. 

* Died, Nov. 7, 1971. 

11 



Historical Sketch 



professional and graduate schools but also in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake 
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the Baptist State 
Convention of North Carolina. The Board has thirty-six mem- 
bers who serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each 
year at the annual convention. 

During its history of 137 years the College has been headed by 
a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these 
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. 
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering 
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the 
dates of their administrations, follows: 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., 

Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no small 
degree to the leadership of its presidents! and to the faculty 
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- 
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey 
Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, 
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; 
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren 
Gorrell, Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. 
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; and Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biolo- 

* During the years 18S2-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D., (Professor of 
Greek) , served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History 
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

10 



Purposes and Objectives 



gy, 36 years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education 
for 36 years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. 
Earnshaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, 
twenty-two have served more than thirty years, including the 
following who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or 
more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; 
Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen 
Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathe- 
matics, 35 years; Dr. A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. 
Charles S. Black, Chemistry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, 
History, 44 years; Dr. Coy C. Carpenter,* Medicine, 41 years; 
Dr. Harold D. Parcell, French, 35 years; Prof. A. Lewis Ay cock, 
English, 43 years; and Prof. Jasper L. Memory, Education, 42 
years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 
years as Librarian. In a word, the University has enlisted and 
retained throughout their teaching careers men and women who 
have devoted themselves to the University and to its ideals of 
culture and Christian leadership. 

Purposes and Objectives 
As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to 
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible 
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural 
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, 
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through 
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to 
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one 
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in 
building a system of values which takes full account of the 
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may 
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, 
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital 
and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its 
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, 
business, research, and other professions. 

* Died, Nov. 7, 1971. 

11 



Endowment 

Religious Program 

Wake Forest was founded as a result of a religious concern for 
education and missions. That same concern means in part that 
the University undertakes to help individual students become 
authentic, whole persons. 

The religious program seeks to clarify the Christian style of 
life and indicate its cohesion with academic excellence. There 
are twice-weekly worship services, student meetings, and lec- 
tures by faculty and visiting speakers. All such programs, in- 
cluding the weekly worship services, are voluntary. These pro- 
grams are planned by the faculty convocation committee and co- 
ordinated by the Chaplain's office. 

The Chaplain coordinates denominational and interdenomi- 
national programs including discussions and projects designed 
to provide specific opportunities for students to express their 
religious concerns. The year's activities begin with a pre-school 
retreat for all students under the guidance of campus ministers 
who represent the major denominations. Whereas some of them 
have responsibilities at other colleges in Winston- Salem, all of 
them undertake a personal ministry to Wake Forest students 
and encourage them to take advantage of the religious oppor- 
tunities provided by churches in Winston-Salem. 

The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday 
in Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty, ad- 
ministration, and people from the city of Winston-Salem. This 
relationship between the University and the campus church has 
existed for many years. Although planted in the soil of Baptist 
tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake 
Forest Church has embraced and contributed to the growing 
ecumenism of the University. Its membership and mission are 
open to all who may seek its ministry and may wish to use it as 
an instrument for their mission to the world. 

Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University 
was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment 
was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. 

12 



Endowment 



On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda- 
tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu- 
sively by the School of Medicine. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins 
of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George 
Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be 
used for scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 
1971, were approximately $1,700,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow- 
ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts 
and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 
and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the 
total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College 
received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the 
Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at 
$3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the 
Chair of Botany. In December, 1969, an endowment in the 
amount of $2,000,000 was received from the Foundation for the 
use and benefit of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business 
Administration. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income 
from which is to be used to support the Library, was received 
from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 
1966, the University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell 
Scholarship Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately 
$2,000,000 at June 30, 1971. 

On June 30, 1971 all endowment funds controlled by the 
University had a book value of $37,373,000 and market value 
of $47,297,000. 

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the 
Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit 
of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust 
Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, the Lucy Teague 
Fassett Memorial Trust Fund, and the Nathalie H. Bernard 
Fund. 



13 



Academic Buildings 



The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. 
and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con- 
tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made 
available to the College income of the Foundation up to 
$350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to 
$500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match- 
ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Upon reaching 
this goal, the Foundation increased the annual grant to $620,000 
in 1968, and also announced an additional $150,000 per year 
for five years. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 
acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, 
including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu- 
dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, 
and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It 
was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session. 
The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con- 
structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one 
of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and 
including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda 
Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract 
includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, and 
a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one 
of the first collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United 
States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College 
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers 
made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of 
Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over- 
looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
men's dormitories at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and 
is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake 

14 



Academic Buildings 



Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of 
Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 
1854-1879. 

Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra- 
tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized 
in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet 
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The 
University Computer Center is located in the basement. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of 
the academic campus, this building contains space for eight 
tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million 
volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms 
for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern 
library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of 
the Library. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story 
building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the 
Departments of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building 
was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and 
office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey- 
nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for 
instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and 
other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- 
ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics. 
Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for 
tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli- 
seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart- 
ment of Military Science is also housed in this building. 

Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, 
a student lounge, and other specific use rooms. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the 
social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional 
and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy 
library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, 
and a main lecture room which seats 200. 

15 



Student Residences 



Charles H. Bab cock Business Building. Occupied in Septem- 
ber 1969, this building contains offices and classrooms for the 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and the 
Department of Mathematics. This building contains a variety of 
instructional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms, a 
reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are 
equipped for full audio-visual use. 



Student Residences 

Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles 
of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The 
houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William 
Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents 
of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene- 
factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses 
with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in 
honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor- 
ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com- 
mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College 
Book Store. 

Dormitories for Women. Four dormitories for women are 
located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall. 
Three are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the 
early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean 
of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her 
husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief 
benefactors of the College. A new dormitory which is designed 
to accommodate men, women, and couples was completed for 
the fall semester 1971. 

The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels 
with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes 
heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air 
conditioning system installed in several facilities. 

The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant, 
this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and 
maintenance. 

16 



Libraries 

Libraries 

The several libraries of the University contain a total of 
450,190 volumes. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library holds the 
main collection of 343,656 volumes of general and diversified 
research character. The other libraries represent, in volume 
holdings as follows, the respective areas they serve: the Library 
of the School of Law, 41,669; those of the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine (the Main Library and the Allied Health Library), 
62,345; and that of the Charles H. Babcock Graduate School 
of Management, recently established in 1970, 2,520. A rapidly 
growing microtext collection is maintained, principally in the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library. There are available 12,260 reels of 
microfilm, containing files of local, national, and foreign news- 
papers; and 130,981 pieces of other microforms, which include 
such substantial items as the British Parliamentary Papers, the 
Human Relations Area File, and the Encyclopaedia Britannica 
"Library of American Civilization" on ultrafiche. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides excellent support 
for a liberal arts curriculum and a somewhat limited, although 
expanding, graduate program. In certain areas special collecting 
has been undertaken. For instance, moderate emphasis has 
been placed on North Carolina and Southeastern materials; the 
Ethel Taylor Crittenden Collection in Baptist History has ac- 
quired more than 7,500 items which include files of Baptist 
serials and individual church records; and the works of selected 
late nineteenth and early twentieth century authors, together 
with appropriate critical studies, are being collected in the 
Rare Book Rooms. 

An open-stack policy enables users to consult books directly 
at the shelves. With a few exceptions in special collections, the 
books are now classified according to the Library of Congress 
schedules, reclassification having been completed in the winter 
of 1969-1970. Current issues and bound volumes of periodicals 
in chemistry and physics are shelved in Salem Hall for con- 
venience in laboratory research. 



17 



Libraries 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library receives the income from an 
endowment fund of about $4,500,000, the result of two major 
gifts: a donation of assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation; and a gift of $1,000,000 made 
in 1967 by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. This income is applied prin- 
cipally to the purchase of books necessary for graduate studies, 
although portions have been used for much needed changes 
and additions in the Library building. 

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. 
Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on 
the colonial and early national periods of American history. To 
acquire the important editions of Edmund Spenser and related 
background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles 
G. Smith in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. Dr. 
Herman Harrell Home established a fund for the purchase of 
titles of a general nature. 

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Uni- 
versity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first 
editions, while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of 
Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh surgeon, in recognition of 
the interest in the Library manifested by his father, George 
Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin 
brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly en- 
larged and, although heteregenous in nature, primarily contains 
material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of 
the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the Library. 
While this Collection is principally supported by the donor, it 
has also received and welcomes contributions from interested 
friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired for the 
Collection. 

In 1970 the acquisition of an important Mark Twain collec- 
tion was made possible through the generosity of Mrs. Nancy 
Reynolds. The collection contains many variant editions of his 
works, with critical material and memorabilia. From the estate 
of Judge R. Hunt Parker the Library received a well-selected 
collection of more than 3,000 volumes. 

18 



Art Museum 



The Library of the School of Law contains 41,669 volumes, 
including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the 
American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading 
periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks. 

Library facilities at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
consist of the Main Library and the Allied Health Library. 
Together they contain 62,345 volumes, furnishing the periodi- 
cals, texts, and monographs essential to instruction and research 
in medical theory and practice. 

The Charles H. Babcock Graduate School of Management is 
developing a library of basic materials for its graduate program. 
Still modest in size because of its recent origin, now containing 
2,520 volumes, the library is steadily moving forward toward an 
adequate collection. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected 
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although 
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given 
by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, 
it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in 
the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books 
and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving 
the United States, the material covers such subjects as com- 
munism, the "Cold War," counterinsurgency, anti-guerrilla war- 
fare, foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space activities. 

Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons 
Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas 
Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to 
the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there 
are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, 
five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the 
collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from 
the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 
1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three 
by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are 
hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. 

19 



Piedmont University Center 



The Piedmont University Center 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni- 
versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in 
March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of higher 
education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts 
colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area 
of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the 
Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House 
in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc- 
tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the 
twenty member institutions. 

Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen- 
ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand 
their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec- 
tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and 
(c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation. 



20 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest 
University must furnish testimonials of good moral character, 
must present evidences of educational achievement represented 
by graduation from an accredited public high school or an 
accredited private secondary school, and must present a score 
(senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) 
Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of 
the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private 
secondary school and the recommendations of the school official 
must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake 
Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of 
the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test 
center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the College 
Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test 
may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic 
records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in 
life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves 
the right to reject any application without explanation. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another college 
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish 
a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is 
eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and 
must have an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted/ 1 ' These are minimum requirements for consideration. 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical 
the student's part of the application, and should then give to 
the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate 
school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the 
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention 
of the Committee on Admissions. 

An application fee of $15.00 to cover the cost of processing 
the application is required. This should accompany the appli- 
cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in 



* Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended 
more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

21 



Admission 



the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the 
application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent at least 
eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to 
enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case 
of emergency, the final date for making application for the 
spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all 
degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra IV2 or 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A limited number of students may be admitted without the 
high school diploma. Particular emphasis will be placed on the 
applicant's ability, motivation, and maturity. 

A student who is admitted from another college before fully 
meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above 
for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions 
during the first year at Wake Forest. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for 
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis- 
sion deposit of $100.00 must be sent to the Director of Admis- 
sions of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after 
the notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to 
Wake Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within 
three weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant 
does not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will 
be credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refund- 
ed, if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled 
by the applicant and a written request for refund is received by 
the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later 
than May 15 for the semester or November 1 for the spring 
semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after 
May 15 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring 

22 



Advanced Placement 



semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the 
date of acceptance. Deposits made after May 15 and November 
1 are not refundable. 

No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll 
for the summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school students 
who at the close of their junior year have definitely decided 
that their first choice college is Wake Forest, An Early Decision 
Agreement is required with each application. 

The application for early decision must be filed in October 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include 
the high school record through the junior year, scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination 
Board and scores on three achievement tests: (1) English Com- 
position, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be 
chosen by the applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken 
in March or May of the junior year. 

By early November, the Committee on Admissions will make 
decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted, 
the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1. 
Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a 
senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes- 
ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done 
in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of 
Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor- 
mation as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may 
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the 
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes 
of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad- 
vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to 
Wake Forest College from another college. 

23 



Advanced Standing 



Dual Enrollment 

A student who earns credit from an accredited college before 
he or she is admitted to Wake Forest University as a freshman 
may have that credit transferred to Wake Forest, provided that 
a grade average of C or higher has been received and provided 
that the course is approved by the appropriate department. If 
the student receives a grade average of less than C on all work 
taken, the student may petition the Executive Committee on 
the merits of his case. 

Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges 
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- 
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum 
of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand- 
ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term 
in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca- 
laureate degre is two academic years — the senior year and 
one other. 



24 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University. The University reserves the right to change 
without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the 
student's term of residence. 

Charges are due in full 10 days prior to registration. Informa- 
tion concerning payment will be sent to all students prior to 
the beginning of each semester. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac- 
count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his 
grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for 
the succeeding semester. 

Wake Forest College 

Charges for the Regular School Year 

MEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $ 875 $1,750 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 155 310 

$1,105 $2,210 

WOMEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $ 875 $1,750 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 165 330 

$1,115 $2,230 

Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See 
pages 26 and 27. 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 3 courses) are charged $200.00 per 
course, but do not pay the activity fee. Part-time students are not entitled to claim the 
designated scholarships listed on page 37, nor are they granted free admission to athletic 
contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services. 

2 In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number of single rooms that rent 
for $25.00 more a semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for 
$35.00 less than a double room. Babcock Dormitory for women and the new dormitory for 
men and women have a room rental range of $370 to $450 per year. Upperclassmen are 
usually assigned to these dormitories. 

25 



Charges 

The activity fee covers such items as would normally require 
the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission 
to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer- 
sity, and certain student activities, including religious and 
dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub- 
lications, Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler. 
It further provides for the attendance of the University phy- 
sicians and nurses in the University hospital. 

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are 
located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually 
or under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost 
individually is $600-$700. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, 
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $125. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a 
Winston-Salem firm has a branch office located on campus. A 
linen rental service is also available with lockers located in the 
men's and women's dormitories. Coin operated washers and 
dryers are located in the dormitories. 

Other College Charges 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application 
for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. 
$15.00. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for 
the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. 
Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks 
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is 
credited to the student's University charges for the semester for 
which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the 
Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to May 15 for 
the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of 
cancellation of plans to enter. $100.00. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students 
enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de- 
scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in 
the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to 
$80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees 
are from $5.00 to $14.00. 

26 



Charges 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for 
damages to his room or university property in accordance with 
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi- 
tory Damage Appeals. 

Graduating Fee. Required of all students who are candidates 
for degrees. $15.00. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when 
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is 
made for special services and expensive drugs. University Hos- 
pital charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day. 

Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a 
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange 
for the student insurance which covers these charges. The stu- 
dent insurance premium is usually under $35.00 per year. 

Pre-Entrance Medical Form Late Charge. A charge of $10.00 
is made for processing the medical form if it is received by the 
Student Health Service after June 15 for the fall term and 
November 30 for the spring term. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory 
room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00. 

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after 
the dates set by the faculty. $10.00. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for 
violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in 
September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date 
set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University 
charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified 
for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 15. $100.00. 

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room 
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb- 
ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un- 
authorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC 
before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of 
the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear 
excepted, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball. $20.00. 

27 



Charges 

Special Examination. Required for each special examination 
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per 
month. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking 
regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office. 
May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle 
Registration $20.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. 

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00. 

Transcripts. Copies of a student's record are issued for him. 
First copy free, additional copies $1.00 each. 

Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of 
each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the 
Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 
27109. 

Management, Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools 
Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa- 
tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad- 
dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win- 
ston-Salem, N. C. 

Withdrawal 

Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth 
on page 55 and must present their identification cards to the 
Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No 
refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and 
activity fee is made according to the following table: 





Percentage of Total Tuition 


Number of Weeks 


and Activity Fee 


Attendance* 


to be Refunded 


1 


Total tuition less $100 


2 


75% 


3 


50% 


4 


25% 



*Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full 
week. 

28 



Housing 

Food Services 
Four types of food service are available to students at Wake 
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special 
dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature 
multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained dietitian. 
Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and gives the 
students a quiet place to enjoy eating from a menu of greater 
variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are served 
in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon and Thursday 
evening. 

Housing 
All unmarried freshman students are required to live in 
University residence halls except when permission is granted 
for men by the Dean of Men and for women by the Dean of 
Women to live off campus under one of the following circum- 
stances : 

(1) Parental permission to live with a blood relative in the 
metropolitan area of Winston-Salem; Winston-Salem stu- 
dent residing with parents. 

(2) Student is twenty-one years of age or older. 

(3) By special arrangement, when space is not available in the 
residence halls. 

Any student beyond the freshman year who is 21 years of 
age or who has parental permission may live off campus. 

Housing for Married Students 
An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located 
on the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 
55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments 
and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of 
Wake Forest University. 

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be 
directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made 
on the basis of priorities established by the date of application, 
and a lease is executed by the student and the University. 

Housing for Men 1 
The semestral charge for double occupancy is $155.00 per 
student, due and payable with tuition, and may not be de- 
ferred. T he charge for a single room is $180.00 per semester 

1 See footnote number 2 on page 25. 

29 



Scholarships 



Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius 
Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, 
Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund is used to assist needy, worthy, and 
deserving students from North Carolina, with preference being 
given to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham 
County. The maximum value is $2,000. 

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington 
Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one 
who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake 
Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar- 
ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value 
of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail- 
able in each of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate 
Professor of Mathematics. The award is made to some deserving 
athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. The value 
of this scholarship is approximately $100. 

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was 
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. 
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from 
a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,300. 
Awards for more than $1,000 are determined on the basis of 
need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake 
Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel- 
lect and leadership. Up to thirty scholars are selected by the 
Committee annually. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of 
$100 to $1,650 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass- 
men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of 
need. 

Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are 
available to a limited number of undergraduate students with 
exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend 
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic 
or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a 

32 



Scholarships 

year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance 
given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student 
may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his 
financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend- 
ing the college of his choice. 

Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public 
Accountants, present to an outstanding accounting major an 
Accounting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of 
$500. The recipient for this award will be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated 
by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is 
available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or 
junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist 
Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County 
students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli- 
cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents 
of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship 
is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years 
except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in 
memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a 
scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students 
from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the 
late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in 
memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund is used 
to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in Thomasville, 
North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George 
Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents 
of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing 
in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson 

33 



Scholarships 



County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible 
to compete and must request the necessary application forms 
before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $3,100. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, 
they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at 
least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. 
Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee 
no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, 
and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from the financial 
statement required to be submitted with his application. 

Frank P. Hob good Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by 
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory 
of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis 
of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference 
being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious 
work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being 
in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the 
city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must 
be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each 
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North 
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. 
The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior 
college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation 
of the president of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra- 
ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, 
President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail- 
able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record 
of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $300. 

34 



Scholarships 



Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane 
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from 
this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. 
The value is approximately $125.00 per year. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace 
Norfleet of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are 
available in the amount of $200 each to "deserving and prom- 
ising students desiring to attend Wake Forest College and need- 
ing financial assistance." 

North Carolina Scholarships. The Trustees have established 
a scholarship fund from which awards are made on the basis 
of need to full time students who are bona fide North Carolina 
residents. This fund is designed primarily for those students 
whose need is between $100 and $200 per year. An abbreviated 
application is required rather than the Parents' Confidential 
Statement of the College Scholarship Service. 

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in 
memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded 
in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It 
may be renewed for succeeding years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North 
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will 
of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, 
this fund makes two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded 
by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference 
to North Carolina Baptist students. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be 
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges 
in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 
depending on need as determined from a financial statement 
submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be 
renewed for the senior year. 

35 



Scholarships 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. 
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per 
year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time 
religious work. 

Kate B t Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory 
of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents 
of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid 
would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref- 
erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $1,400 each are 
awarded. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen 
and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out- 
standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition 
scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need, 
and interest in public accounting. 

ROTC Scholarship. Two, three and four-year ROTC scholar- 
ships are available to students who are motivated toward the 
Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by 
high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General 
of their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen and sophomores 
at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science for 
two-year and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recipient 
commits himself by contract to a special military obligation and 
receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the 
regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $100 per 
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once 
awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract 
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance. 

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholar- 
ship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes 
in memory of their father and mother. One scholarship is 
awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, academic 
proficiency, and financial need. Preference is given to freshmen 
from the State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each 
year. The value of this scholarship is approximately $400. 

36 



Scholarships 



Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec- 
tric Fund, this scholarship is awarded to an undergraduate 
on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial 
need. Value, up to $1,500. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the 
late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this 
fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. 
Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of 
Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late 
Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman 
scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund 
was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, 
North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther 
Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more 
scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a 
male student entering the junior year, who has shown an 
interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall 
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The 
value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

Designated Scholarships for: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: 
(1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized 
by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the 
applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, 
with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years 
in the pastoral ministry within twelve years from the last date 
of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the 
event of death. Value, up to $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make 
their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to handicapped students 
who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval from the 
North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, 
and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value, up to 
$300.00. 

37 



Loan Funds 



Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake 
Forest University for not more than four school years or the 
equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. 
Value, up to $150.00. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. 
Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her 
husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in 
Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00 
per academic year. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana 
Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of 
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated 
by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, 
in 1875, and available to qualified students after at least one 
semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu- 
dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not 
exceed $1,000 each year and $3,000 during the entire period of 
enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will 
of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in 
memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy 
students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 
1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous 
and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board 
of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late 
E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 
1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the 
benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. 

38 



Loan Funds 



Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. 
Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, 
Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, 
the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of 
which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who 
would otherwise be unable to finance completely a college 
education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, 
North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. 
Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, 
Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, 
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa- 
tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater 
Christian service in life and whose circumstances require 
financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu- 
cational program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established 
in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, 
North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. 
The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become 
medical missionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 
by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory 
of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor 
and the college. 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, 
makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need 
of financial assistance. The law further provides that special 
consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all 
students with a superior academic background. 

North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by 
the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request 
of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College 

39 



Exchange Scholarship 



Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may 
borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit 
of worthy young people enrolled in the Department of Religion 
who need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. 
Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to 
his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by 
Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist 
Church of Tarboro. 

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late 
J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available 
for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. 

Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a 
bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been 
added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan 
or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on a form obtain- 
able from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of 
merit and need and, particularly in the case of grants, academic 
achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each 
are regularly available, in addition to such others as the 
Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 
In 1959 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present 
one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer- 
sity student. It provides (1) 500 German marks a month 
for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission 
of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks 
a semester for the purchase of books; (4) free accommodation 
in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single 

40 



Student Employment 



room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen, or a monthly 
living allowance of up to 150 marks. Candidates must have had 
at least two years of German at the college level or equivalent 
and must have acquired junior standing by the end of the 
semester in which they apply. Candidates may major in any 
of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the per- 
mission of the chairman of the department in question. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at 
Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to 
eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one 
semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive 
semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University 
whether one or two students are selected annually to study 
during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. 
The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; 
(2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have 
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the 
equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields 
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the 
department in question. 

Church Choir Work Grants 

These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and 
Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding 
voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church 
Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia- 
bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is 
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee 
of the Church and the Department of Music of the University. 
There are 15 awards, each valued at $300. 

Student/Student Wife Employment 

The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or 
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours 
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Information 
about part-time employment, as well as summer jobs, may be 
obtained in Room 120, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University 
students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus 
jobs or employment opportunities in the community. 

41 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are the Student 
Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of sixty-three student 
representatives, the vice-president of the student body serving as 
Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legislature to perform all 
acts necessary in the exercise of its powers as the legislative 
branch of student government. The Legislature also sets up 
student committees to work parallel with faculty committees 
on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council consists of eight members, two 
selected by the Honor Council of the previous year and six 
other members as follows: (1) two representatives from the 
senior class (2) two representatives from the junior class (3) 
two representatives from the sophomore class. There are three 
non-voting faculty members. 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake 
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part 
of the Student Government of the College as adopted by 
the students and approved by the faculty. The essence of 
the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted 
implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an 
offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he 
must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or 
other pledge work; he must have complete respect for the prop- 
erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass 
a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to 
the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that 
comes under his observation. 

It is the duty of the Student Honor Council to receive, pre- 
fer, investigate, and arrange trial proceedings in all charges of 
violations of the Honor System. If he is found guilty of cheating, 
he may be suspended from the College. Such student shall be 
re-admitted to the College only on the approval of the Faculty 

42 



Forensic Activities 



or its Executive Committee, and during the period of suspen- 
sion his record shall not be subject to transfer to another col- 
lege without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for 
stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly passing a worthless 
check may also be suspension. The penalty for failing to report 
to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor System which 
may come to a student's knowledge shall be in the discretion 
of the Honor Council. 

Any student who has been convicted of violation of the 
Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any 
manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it 
suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the 
integrity of their student community and their own individual 
rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of 
one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. 

Student Judicial Board 

It is the duty of the Student Judicial Board to receive, prefer, 
and try all charges of social misconduct and all violations of 
University rules and regulations for individual students and 
student organizations not covered by the Honor Council. A 
student who violates one of these regulations or who behaves in 
such a way as to bring reproach upon himself or upon the 
University is subject to whatever penalty the Board deems 
appropriate. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four 
members of the senior class as speakers for commencement 
day. The nominations are made by the Student Life Com- 
mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department 
of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their 
commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to 
the committee for approval before May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating 
and allied speech activities, and the University holds member- 
ship in a number of state and national speech organizations, 

43 



Workshops 

including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon- 
orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University 
engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take 
part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of 
competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to 
participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter- 
collegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate 
tournament to which are invited college novice debaters. 
Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the 
tournament. The tournament is open to college students who 
have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating. 

B. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament 

In the late fall, the University sponsors a national debate 
tournament to which are invited colleges and universities who 
excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools. 

C. High School Invitational Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DSR- 
TKA sponsors a high school debate tournament to which are 
invited high school debaters from throughout the Southeast. 
Awards are given to the winning schools. 

D. Wake Forest University Speech Festival for 

High School Students 

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech 
festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Caro- 
lina. Awards are given to the winning schools and individuals in 
oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous speak- 
ing, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting. 

Debate and Theatre Workshops 
High school students are invited to participate in the Sum- 
mer Debate and Theatre Workshops which are held during the 
regular summer session, and which are open to students from 
all states. Students in the Debate Workshop are given an op- 
portunity to debate the national debate query in advance of the 

44 



Medals 

regular debate season. Theatre Workshop students study acting 
techniques, technical theatre, theatre history, and production 
theory in addition to their active participation in several short 
plays. 

University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th 
and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four 
major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a 
meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University. 
Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out 
for the casts and to work with the production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, 
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. 
Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas- 
tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through 
participation in University Theatre activities. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year- 
round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. 
The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications 
Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis- 
cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro- 
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio 
production while actually participating as announcers, inter- 
viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis- 
tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for 
qualified students. 

Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a 
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are 
published by the students. 

Medals and Other Awards 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior 
making the best address on commencement day. 

45 



Medals and Other Awards 



The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean 
S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who 
has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken 
by him in the School of Business Administration. 

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best 
oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology 
who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National 
Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com- 
pany of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research during 
the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta 
of Wake Forest University. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to 
major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of 
Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year 
to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of 
Physics. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who 
has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior 
to the semester in which graduation occurs. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year 
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who 
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior 
accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription 
to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior 
who has been most outstanding in finance courses. 

The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who 
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of inter- 
collegiate debating. 

46 



Honor Societies 



The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior 
who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of 
student publications. 

The Claud H. Richards Award in Politics is presented an- 
nually to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department 
of Politics. 

Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established: Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi 
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the 
Faculty Committee on Student Life, is the governing body 
of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a 
high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers 
a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class 
grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation 
for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until 
the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been established: 
Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta 
Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education) and Phi Mu 
Alpha Sinfonia (Music). There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi 
Omega, national service fraternity. 

Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta 
Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta 
Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi 
(classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu 
Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama- 
tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), 
Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social 
science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili- 
tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Mortar 
Board. There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section 
of the American Institute of Physics. 

47 



Recreational Activities 



Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of 
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer- 
ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership 
a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali- 
ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished 
themselves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected 
to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary 
society in business. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which 
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel- 
ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects an- 
nually on the basis of character and eminence in one or more 
of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; 
athletics; student government; social and religious activities; 
publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. 
Its purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship 
among university women, to promote and maintain a high stand- 
ard of scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership, 
and to stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman." 
Membership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership. 

Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main- 
taining the well-being of students, the University provides 
extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of 
trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each 
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual 
interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes. 
In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting 
of tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, 
the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a 
combination athletic, physical education and recreation building 

48 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet 
courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a 
gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums 
including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two 
men's intramural gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all 
the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop 
social, recreational, cultural and educational activities available 
to Wake Forest College students, both on and off campus. 

Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col- 
lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join. 

The program of the College Union can best be presented by 
listing its eleven committees: (1) Lecture, (2) Recreation, (3) 
Small Socials, (4) Major Functions, (5) Publicity, (6) Film, 
(7) Travel, (8) Fine Arts, (9) Printing, (10) Hospitality, (11) 
Reynolda Hall. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol- 
legiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules 
and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the 
University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of 
players. 



49 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

During the spring of 1970 the Undergraduate Faculties of 
Wake Forest University adopted a new calendar and a number 
of important changes in the curriculum, which became effective 
in 1971. The academic calendar, usually referred to as the 
4-1-4, includes a four-month fall semester ending before Christ- 
mas, a one-month winter term in January, and a four-month 
spring semester. The University Calendar for 1972-73 appears in 
the first pages of this bulletin. For the details of the new curri- 
culum, consult the section on "Requirements for Degrees." 

Degree Credit 

Credit toward a degree is calculated not according to semester 
hours, but according to courses. Most subjects of study will be 
divided into full courses. Certain studies and activities, however, 
will count as half-courses, either for one semester's work or 
for two. 

Normal Credit Load 

A student's normal credit load is four full courses each 
semester. The maximum for one semester is four and one-half 
courses, except that under unusual circumstances a superior 
student may be allowed a slightly heavier load. Three courses 
per semester, the minimum registration without special per- 
mission, constitute full-time status. 

A student elects one course for study during the winter 
term. For the year 1972-73 all full-time students are required 
to participate in the winter term program. 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year 
are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the 
completion of not fewer than seven courses toward a degree, 
with a minimum of 14 quality points; Junior — the completion 

50 



Auditing of Classes 



of not fewer than 15 courses toward a degree, with a minimum 
of 30 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 26 V2 courses 
toward a degree, with a minimum of 53 quality points. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) securing from the 
Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior 
record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul- 
tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be 
necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of 
classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before 
the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com- 
pleted his registration. 

Registration after the Freshman Year 

During each spring semester before an announced date (see 
Calendar) students who plan to return for the fall semester must 
make a reservation deposit. An undergraduate student who fails 
to pay the deposit at the required time is not eligible to register 
for the fall semester. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit 
classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in- 
structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled 
full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $50.00 per 
course with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school 
and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such 
and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what- 
ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If 
these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is 
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. 
For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered 
on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade 
or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of 
any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. 

51 



Pass-Fail Grades 



An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and 
a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor 
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. 
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain 
from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor 
Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam- 
ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no 
aid has been given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as 
follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis- 
factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; 
F, failure. 

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each full 
course of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; 
and of E and F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated 
by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the 
total number of courses attempted, whether passed or not. 

Grade of I 
The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when 
on account of illness or some other emergency a student does 
not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the student enters 
for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 
A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be 
re-examined at any regular examination period within a year, 
or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination 
permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in 
advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result 
of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con- 
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course 
to secure credit. 

Pass-Fail Grades 
A student during his junior and senior year is permitted to 
elect up to 4 full courses (but no more than one course in a 

52 



Class Attendance 



given semester), with the stipulation that grades for these 
courses will be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that 
these grades will not be counted in computing the student's 
quality point ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; 
a grade of Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indi- 
cate at the time of registration that he is choosing to take a 
course under this arrangement, and he may not change it to a 
letter-grade basis after the first two weeks of classes. In pre- 
paring his class roll the instructor will indicate which students 
are registered on a Pass-Fail basis. 

Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than 
those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic and divi- 
sional course requirements or those in the student's major. 

(Courses offered only on a Pass-Fail basis are not, of course, 
subject to this restriction. Courses especially designed for the 
winter term, for example, are all graded Pass-Fail whether in 
the student's major field or not. ) 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has 
already received a grade of C or higher. 

Class Attendance 

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi- 
bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is 
expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student 
should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi- 
dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and 
that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully 
measured by testing procedures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently 
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind 
of self-discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, 
to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. 
An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean 
of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion 
are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because 
of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend 
classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of aca- 

53 



Dropping a Course 



demic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action as 
the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate 
suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of 
students who have been absent from class ( 1 ) because of illness 
(when certified by the University Health Service) or other 
extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives 
of the University (when their names have been submitted by 
appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of 
the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences 
are considered "excused," and a record of them is available to 
the student's instructors upon request. An instructor determines 
whether work the student has missed (including quizzes) may 
be made up. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic 
matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa- 
tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government as- 
sumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the Dean, 
for the regulations of the honor system and various other mat- 
ters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations of 
the University are adapted to and intended for those who have 
reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control. All 
students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt and 
regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to refrain 
from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, 
or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon themselves and 
upon the University, or disregard the rights and the welfare 
of their students are required to withdraw from the University. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is 
listed in the University calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A 
student who wishes to drop any course before this date must 
consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, 
if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult his faculty adviser, 
his instructor, and either the Dean of the College or the Director 
of the B.B.A. Program, as appropriate. If the Dean approves 

54 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



the request, he authorizes the student to discontinue the course. 
Except in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will 
be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without 
prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course 
shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the 
student will be subject to academic probation for the following 
semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Committee 
of the faculty may impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College 
is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. 
If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and 
the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades 
will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that 
semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the 
time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with- 
drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned 
in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work. 

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, 
he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and 
his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student is expected to be aware at all times of his 
academic status and to be responsible for knowing whether he 
has met the College's minimum academic requirements for 
continuation as outlined below. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the 
spring semester, the following students are academically in- 
eligible to enroll for the following fall term: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 13 or fewer 

courses in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality 

point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted at Wake 

Forest. 



* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the quality points earned by the number 
of courses attempted. 

55 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
14 and no more than 24 courses in all colleges attended, have 
an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.65 on work 
attempted at Wake Forest. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
25 and no more than 33 courses in all colleges attended, have 
an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85 on work at- 
tempted at Wake Forest. 

(4) Those students who, having attempted 34 or more 
courses in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point 
ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

In the determination of quality point ratio, non-credit courses 
are not counted. 

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible under the minimum 
requirements above may attend the first summer term at Wake 
Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point 
ratio on work attempted at Wake Forest to the required mini- 
mum, he may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful 
by the end of the first summer term, he may attend the second 
term in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his 
quality point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply 
for readmission no earlier than for the following spring semester. 
If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by 
the end of the second summer term, he may apply for read- 
mission no earlier than for the following summer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the 
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the 
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's 
dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may 
be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend 
from college at the end of any term any student whose record 
for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard 
to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not 
attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

56 



Senior Conditions 



Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University 
must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin- 
uation for students in his category of courses attempted (see 
page 55), except that 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may 
apply for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been 
away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and 
a half and has spent that time constructively; 

(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the 
year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or 
if his failure to have the required average at the time of 
his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum- 
stances beyond his control. 

It should be understood by the student and his parents that 
meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure that 
the student will be readmitted to the University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic 
standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not 
have the grade average which he will be required to have at 
the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic 
probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor 
code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such 
special academic probation as the Executive Committee of 
the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee 
may at any time place on probation any student whose academic 
performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the 
Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or the 
University. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives 
a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply 

57 



Graduation Distinctions 



to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening 
of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of 
the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a 
candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date 
is dropped from the roll of the class. 

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term 
of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before 
the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent 
to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis- 
factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades 
is given to the student, and a copy is sent to the parent or 
guardian. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester 
by the Dean of the College and the Director of the B.B.A. 
Program and will include all full-time students who have made 
a quality point ratio of 3.0 for the semester. Grades earned dur- 
ing a summer session are not considered in the preparation of 
the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are 
determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with 
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, 
in relation to the total number of courses attempted, shall be 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The 
entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding 
that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires 
a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest 
University. 

58 



Experiment in International Living 



Transcripts of Student Records 

The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without 
charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the 
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one 
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without 
the authorization of the owner of the record. 

Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in another 
college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and 
the chairman of the department concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close 
of the summer session. 

Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student 
who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of 
study relevant to his degree program at the University and 
must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his 
major department and the dean of the school in which he is 
enrolled. He must then file an approved Study Abroad Appli- 
cation with the Registrar. 

Maximum credit for a full year program (nine courses) may 
be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the 
University of the work taken. 

Students are encouraged to study under one of the established 
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In 
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be 
approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting 
after completion of approved foreign study. 

Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in 
International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by 
the University. This is a semester program, available in any 
one of several counties either semester. To participate in this 
program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan- 
ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester 

59 



Student Health Service 



abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by 
the chairman of the student's major department, the chairman 
of such other departments as may be involved and the dean of 
the school in which the student is enrolled. The program carries 
a maximum credit of three or four courses upon satisfactory 
completion, subject to evaluation by the Wake Forest Faculty. 

Reading Improvement Program For University Students 

A reading improvement course is available on the Wake 
Forest University campus to all students. It is designed to help 
students read and study more effectively to achieve a greater 
measure of success in the many different areas of university 
work. Instruction centers around increasing the speed of com- 
prehension and improving comprehension, vocabulary, and 
study skills. Group diagnostic tests are given to determine 
specific weaknesses of students. The class meets twice each 
week (one hour periods) in the afternoons and is offered both 
semesters. The charge for the course is $65.00, which includes 
fees for materials and use of the reading machines. 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educational- 
vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment 
counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's 
aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making 
the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop- 
ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, 
is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no 
charge to the full-time student for Center services. 

Student Health Service 

The Student Health Service provides those services necessary 
to students in the maintenance of their health. Utilizing the 
medical report from a student's family physician, the Health 
Service physicians evaluate the student's health status when 
he is admitted. Any health problems present then, or arising 
later, are treated in the University Clinic and Hospital. The 
facilities and personnel of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and the Forsyth Memorial 

60 



Urban Affairs Institute 



Hospital are also used if needed. The Health Service also works 
closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental 
health problems. 

In the Clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and 
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. When it becomes 
necessary to refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere, 
all costs must be assumed by the student. 

North Carolina State Law states that "any minor age 18 
years or older may contract for medical services for himself or 
his child." This means that all medical information and all 
contracts between the student and the health service are con- 
fidential and cannot be revealed to anyone, including parents 
and administration, without the consent of the patient if he 
has reached 18 years of age. 



Human Enterprises Institute 

The Human Enterprises Institute provides learning oppor- 
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry. 
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educa- 
tional centers operated by industry and in continuing educa- 
tion centers operated by universities for industry and has con- 
ducted summer programs for seminarians in industry. In addi- 
tion to consulting services, it also designs conferences for de- 
nominational groups and seminaries. The Institute publishes a 
quarterly of reprints for clergy. 



Urban Affairs Institute 

The Wake Forest Urban Affairs Institute, established in 1968, 
serves as the means to channel the resources of the University 
into problem areas of the urban community. It also serves as a 
communications focal point for agencies and individuals outside 
the University. In the pursuit of its responsibilities the Institute 
engages in programs of education, research and community 
service utilizing the resources of both the faculty and student 
body. 

61 



Veterans 

Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office arranges on-campus, career interviews 
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and 
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest 
University. Career information may be found in the Placement 
Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement 
is available during regular office hours for consultation on 
career matters. 

Navy ROC Program 

The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate 
(ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete 
his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the 
United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills (op- 
tional) at the Winston -Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 
930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during 
the summers following his junior and senior years (required). 
Further information is available through the Commanding Offi- 
cer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake 
Forest faculty. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning educational 
benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult 
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This 
office for North Carolina is located in the Wachovia Building, 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 



62 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration*, Master of Arts, 
Juris Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy; and Doctor of Medicine, 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

The basic and divisional requirements for the Bachelor of 
Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon those 
students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy, Business, 
Chemistry**, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, or 
Education with State teacher's certification in Science; (2) 
complete the degree requirements in Medical Sciences, Medical 
Technology, or the Physician Assistant Program; or (3) com- 
plete the requirements for the combined degree in Dentistry, 
Engineering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu- 
dents who (1) complete a major in Biology, Chemistry**, Clas- 
sical Languages, Economics, English, German, History, Music, 
Philosophy, Politics, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, 
Sociology and Anthropology, or Speech Communication and 
Theatre Arts. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the 
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements 
as stated. 

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni- 
versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two 
degrees. 

The Undergraduate Curriculum 

The new undergraduate curriculum that became effective in 
September, 1971, is intended to offer students greater latitude 
in planning the first two years of their college work. Apart from 
a year of physical education, only three specific courses are 



* In the absence of extenuating circumstances, the B.B.A. will not be awarded after 
June 1973. 

** Under certain conditions, a student majoring in Chemistry may receive either a B.S. 
or a B.A. degree. For details, see the introduction to course offerings in Chemistry. 

63 



Academic Requirements 



required — one in English Composition and two in a foreign 
language. Even these may sometimes be waived under certain 
conditions. To round out their preparation for more specialized 
work in a major field, students select three courses in each of 
four divisions: I. Language, Literature, and the Arts; II. Natural 
Sciences and Mathematics; III. History, Religion, and Philos- 
ophy; and IV. Social and Behavioral Sciences. By the spring of 
the sophomore year students should have decided on a major 
field of concentration. Ordinarily a large part of the work of the 
junior and senior years is devoted to the major field. 

The Winter Term 

Perhaps the most striking aspect of the undergraduate pro- 
gram now in effect is the short winter term scheduled in 
January between the regular semesters. Ideally, each winter 
term course should be new, original, and exciting — an opportu- 
nity for professors and students alike to break away from the 
usual pattern of academic subjects and methods. The more 
creative student, like the more imaginative faculty member, 
should find opportunity in the winter term for following his own 
genius. Both professor and student will concentrate on one 
course only during the winter term. A number of courses will 
require travel away from the campus in this country and 
abroad. All courses especially designed for the winter term will 
be graded on a Pass-Fail basis. 



Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science 
the student must complete (1) the basic and divisional course 
requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major 
department, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 35^ 
courses. At least 32 semester courses must be included in the 
3514 courses required for graduation. 

Of the full courses, at least three must be completed during 
the winter terms. At least two of the winter-term courses 
selected must be designed especially for the winter term, one 
in the student's major and one outside his major. 

64 



Basic Course Requirements 



In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the 
student must earn a C average on all full courses attempted and 
a C average on all courses attempted, whether full or half- 
courses. 

A student who transfers from another institution or takes 
any work in other institutions must earn a C average on all full 
courses attempted in Wake Forest College, a C average on all 
work (full and half -courses combined) attempted at Wake 
Forest, and a C average on all work attempted at all colleges. 

Of the 35 x /£ courses required for graduation, 17 must be 
completed in Wake Forest College, including the work of the 
senior year. An exception to this rule is made in the case of 
combined degrees. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the require- 
ments of the catalog under which he enters provided that he 
completes his course within six years. After the interval of six 
years he is expected to conform to the requirements specified 
for the class with which he is graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All students enrolled in Wake Forest College must complete 
three required basic courses. However, any or all of these courses 
may be waived through procedures established by the depart- 
ments concerned. In case of such waivers, no substitutes are 
required. The courses are: 

English 110 (English Composition) 
Foreign Language 153 (Intermediate) * 
Foreign Language (Literature) [one course] 

French or Spanish 215 

Russian 215 or 218 

German 211 

Greek 211 

Latin 211, 212, or 216 

Hebrew 211 

Hindi 211 



* No student may repeat for credit language courses equivalent to those which 
he had in high school unless, after taking the language placement test, he is given per- 
mission to do so by his advisor and by a committee composed of one faculty member from 
each of the three language departments. If a student begins a foreign language in college, 
he receives elective credit for the first year. 

65 



Divisional Course Requirements 



Divisional Course Requirements 

All students are required to select 3 courses from each of 4 
major divisions of the curriculum, as follows (except that quali- 
fied applicants for "Advanced Placement" may be exempt from 
these courses and may under certain conditions receive college 
credit for them without being required to make substitutions) : 

I. Language, Literature, and the Arts: 3 courses to be chosen from 
among the following (no more than one may be chosen from each 
category) 

1. English Literature 
English 160 or 165 

2. American Literature 
English 170 or 175 

3. Foreign Literature II 

a. Classical Languages 
Greek 212 or 231 

Latin 212, 216, 221, 225 or 226 
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272 

b. German 212 

c. Romance Languages 

French or Spanish 216, or any course in French or Spanish 

above 224 
Russian 217 

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215 or 216 

4. Fine Arts 
Humanities 111 

II. Natural Sciences and Mathematics : 3 courses to be chosen from 
among the following (the 3 courses are to be selected from only 
2 departments) 

1. Biology 

Biology 111, 112, 151, 152 [If one course, either Biology 111 or 
151; if two courses, either Biology 111-112 or Biology 151-152] 

2. Chemistry 

Chemistry 111, 112 [If the student has had no chemistry; other 
courses for those with advance preparation] 

3. Physics 

Physics 111, 112 (1 or both courses) 

4. Physics-Chemistry sequence 

Physics 117 — Chemistry [Replaces either Physics 111-112 
or Chemistry 111-112. May not be taken after Physics or 
Chemistry 111-112.] 

5. Mathematics 

Mathematics 111, 112, 115, 116 [If one course only, may be any 
one of the four. If two, may be any pair other than Math 
111-116] 

66 



Physical Education Requirement 



III. History. Religion, and Philosophy: 3 courses (No more than one 
to be chosen from each category) 

1. History [Any one course] 

History 111, 112, 113. 215, 216, 315, 341, 342, 345, 346, 349, 350 

2. Religion [Any one course] 

Any course except 237, 240, 281, 282, 292, 318, 346, 362, 378 

3. Philosophy [Any one course] 
Philosophy 151, 171, 172 

IV. Economics, Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and Anthropology: 3 
courses to be chosen from among the following (No more than 2 
may be selected from any one department) 

1. Economics 

Economics 111, 151, 152 [If one course only, Economics 111 or 
151. If two courses, Economics 151-152; however, Economics 
111 and any other Economics course may be taken by per- 
mission of the department.] 

2. Politics 

Politics 111, 112, 113 [If one course only, any of those listed. 
If 2 courses, any 2 listed or one of those listed and any other 
in the department.] 

3. Psychology 

Psychology 151 [Required as first course. If a second course, 
normally from among: Psychology 266, 273, 344, 362. But, 
under special circumstances, second course may be chosen from 
among 321, 323, 331, 332, 338, 352, 356.] 

4. Sociology and Anthropology 

Sociology 151 or Anthropology 162 [Required as first course. If 
two courses are chosen: a) after Sociology 151, either An- 
thropology 162 or any other Sociology course except 371 and 
380; b) after Anthropology 162, either Sociology 151 or any 
300-level Anthropology course.] 

5. Speech Communication 

Speech Communication 153 [If this course is selected, the other 
two courses in Division IV must be introductory level courses in 
two of the other departments in this area.] 

Physical Education Requirement 

All students must complete one half -course (two semesters) 
in Physical Education — Course 111-112. 

Completion of Course Requirements 

The basic and divisional course requirements, along with the 
Physical Education requirement, are to be completed, where 
possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will 
find it necessary to postpone some of these requirements until 
the junior year in order to begin certain courses essential to 

67 



Upper Division 



the major field; but a minimum of three full courses from among 
the requirements must appear on the student's program each 
semester until such requirements have been met. 

No course requirements may be set aside or replaced by 
substitutes except through regular procedures already estab- 
lished by the faculty, or through a specific vote of the faculty 
in regular session. An important exception to this rule is des- 
cribed below. 

The Open Curriculum 
The Open Curriculum is an experimental program that gives 
a limited number of freshmen the opportunity to design their 
own program of study under faculty supervision. A student in 
the Open Curriculum may enroll in some basic and divisional 
courses but bypass others. If his qualifications are adequate, 
he may proceed at once to some of the more advanced courses. 
The Open Curriculum is administered by a Faculty committee 
under the basic principle that a liberal education entails work 
in a number of areas representing the humanities, the natural 
sciences, and the social sciences. 

Admission to the Upper Division 
The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding 
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro- 
duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda- 
tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and be- 
ginning work on the major subject, a student should have 17 
courses and 34 quality points in the lower division. In no case 
will a student be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 
15 courses and 30 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the be- 
ginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test 
in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 
Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each stu- 
dent is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the depart- 
ment or school concerned his selection of a major subject in 
which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior 

68 



Maximum Number Courses 



years. Before this selection is formally approved by the Regis- 
trar, however, the student must present to him a written state- 
ment from the authorized representative of the department or 
school in which he wishes to major that he has received the per- 
mission of that department or school. The student will also at 
this time be assigned a specific adviser from the department or 
school to assist him in planning his work for the junior and 
senior years. 

A department which rejects a student as a major will file 
with the Dean of the College a written statement including the 
reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not 
change from one major to another without the approval of the 
departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major, 
together with such other courses as he shall select and his 
adviser shall approve. 

For specific course requirements in the various fields of study, 
consult the introductory statements for each department in 
the section of the catalog where course offerings are listed. 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect three 
courses in religion beyond the course included in the divisional 
requirements. 

Fields of Study 

The following fields of study are recognized: Accountancy, 
Anthropology, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Edu- 
cation, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathe- 
matics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Politics, 
Psychology, Religion, Sociology, Spanish, and Speech Com- 
munication and Theatre Arts. 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 

A maximum of ten (10) semester courses and two (2) winter- 
term courses in a single field of study (as in the paragraph 
above) are allowed within the thirty-five and one-half (35^) 
courses required for graduation. [This means that a student may 

69 



Senior Testing Program 



apply as many as 10 semester courses from one department to- 
ward the 35 x /2 "courses" for graduation. This excludes required 
related semester courses from other departments. J Students 
majoring in music may include 11 semester courses rather than 
10. 

For Dual-Major departments, twelve (12) semester courses 
and two (2) winter- term courses are allowed in any department 
authorized to offer two fields of study. Elementary foreign 
language in the major field of study and Accounting 111-112 
are excluded. 

These limits of ten (10) and twelve (12) courses may only be 
exceeded in unusual circumstances by action of the Dean of 
the College. 

Majors in Two Departments 

A student may elect to major in two separate departments 
with the written permission of the chairman of each of the 
departments and on condition that the student meet all re- 
quirements for the major in the respective departments. For 
administrative purposes, the student must designate one of 
the two fields as his primary major; this major will appear first 
on the student's record. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program 
designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment while in college. The program will employ measures of 
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate 
Record Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate 
by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given 
in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the 
student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro- 
gram, however, is to provide the college with information that 
will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. 
(This program does not supplant the regular administrations 
of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply- 
ing for admission to graduate schools.) 



70 



COMBINED DEGREES 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake 
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent 
instead of the seven years required if the two curricula are 
pursued independently. The first three years of the combined 
course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in the 
School of Law. 

A student pursuing this plan must fulfill the following re- 
quirements: 

1. Complete the basic and divisional course requirements of 
Wake Forest College (see p. 65) and become qualified 
for admission to the upper division. 

2. Initiate an application for admission to the School of 
Law, and secure through the Law School Adviser, who 
is a member of the Law faculty, permission to pursue the 
combined course plan. (Admission to the School of Law 
is based on the applicant's entire undergraduate record, 
Law School Admission Test scores, and other criteria. 
Therefore, permission to pursue the combined degree 
program does not constitute admission to the School of 
Law.) 

3. Perform the junior year of study in Wake Forest College 
under the supervision of the Law School Adviser. 

4. Complete at least 27 courses in Wake Forest College (in- 
cluding two courses taken in winter terms, one of which 
must be designed for the winter term) with a minimum 
average of C and the first full year of Law in the School 
of Law with an average sufficient for him to remain in the 
School of Law. 

At least one year of the required college academic work must 
be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from 
another institution at the end of his first or second year must 
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. 

71 



Medical Sciences 



A student who completes this program successfully will be 
eligible to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the 
first full year in the School of Law. The Juris Doctor degree 
will be awarded the student who, having received the B. A. 
degree, also fulfills requirements for the J. D. degree as de- 
scribed on page 164. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set 
forth herein are minimum requirements for the successful com- 
pletion of the combined degree program. Satisfying the require- 
ments of the three-year program in the College does not neces- 
sarily entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. 
Admission requirements for the School of Law are given in detail 
on page 162 and in the Bulletin of the School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the 
special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree 
with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the 
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col- 
lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- 
torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 
semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo- 
tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (9 courses) 
of the required academic work must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical 
Sciences must complete the following courses in Wake Forest 
College before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth 
year of work : * 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

The divisional course requirements in Division I, III, and IV 

(see pages 66-67). 

The physical education requirement (see page 67). 
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (2 courses) 



* See pages 167-168 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for 
further information. 

72 



Medical Technology 



Biology (2 courses) selected from the following: 312, 320, 
321, 326, 351, 360, 370 

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics (1 course) 
Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does 
not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. 
All other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their 
college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Technology by completion of the academic require- 
ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and 
by satisfactory completion of the full program in Medical Tech- 
nology offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of C in 
all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At least 
one year (nine courses) of the required academic work must 
be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree 
must complete the following three-year course at Wake Forest 
before beginning study in the Division of Allied Health Pro- 
grams.! 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

The divisional course requirements in Division I, III, and IV 
(see pages 66-67). 

The physical education requirement (see page 67). 

Biology 111, 112 (2 courses) 

Biology 151, 152 (2 courses) 

Biology 326 (1 course) 

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 

Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses) 

Mathematics (1 course) 

Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 



i For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

73 



Microbiology 



Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
the Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years 
(27 courses) in college with a minimum average grade of C and 
by satisfactory completion of the full 24-months course in the 
Physician Assistant Program offered by the Division of Allied 
Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At 
least one year (9 courses) of the required academic work must 
be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree 
must complete the basic course requirements, the divisional 
course requirements, and the physical education requirement, 
as outlined on pages 65-67 of this catalog. They must take at 
least 4 lecture-and-laboratory courses in biology, including one 
course in microbiology, and at least 4 courses in the social 
sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recom- 
mended). A course in statistics and 1 or 2 courses in chemistry 
and physics are also recommended. 

Degree in Microbiology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Microbiology by completion of three years (27 courses) in 
college with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory 
completion of a 32-hour major in Microbiology at the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (9 courses) of the 
required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic 
course requirements, the divisional course requirements, and the 
physical education requirement as outlined on pages 65-67 of 
this catalog. 

The major in Microbiology must include Microbiology 301, 
302, 308, 311, and 312 and Biology 370. In some cases Biology 
326 may be substituted for Microbiology 301. Two additional 
courses must be chosen from among: Microbiology 309, 310, 
313, and 314 and Biology 321. Required related courses are 2 
courses in Physics and at least 2 courses in Organic Chemistry. 
Additional chemistry and mathematics courses may be sug- 
gested by the major adviser for students progressing towards 
advanced work in Microbiology. 

74 



Engineering 

For further information about the Department of Micro- 
biology see the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with 
a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake 
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satis- 
factorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University, 
with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year 
Class. 

For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are 
the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in 
Medical Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina 
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts 
and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. 

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of 
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake 
Forest University and two full years of technical training in one 
of the fields of engineering. Depending upon the field chosen, 
it may be necessary for a student to take an additional summer's 
work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the 
student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from 
Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in one of the specialized engineering fields from North Carolina 
State University. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University 
and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will 
be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public 
relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina- 
tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background in the 
liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training 
involved in the engineering degree. 

75 



Forestry 

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the 
basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, 
as outlined on pages 65-67 of this catalog. A suggested program 
follows : 



Freshman Year 



1st semester 
English 110 
Physics 117 
Math 111 
Foreign Language 
Physical Education 111 



2nd semester 

Eng. Lit 160* 

Chem. 118 

Math 112 

For. Lang. 211 or 215 

Physical Ed. 112 (i/ 2 course) 



Amer. Lit. 170 
Physics 151 
Math 113 
Philosophy 151** 



Sophomore Year 

Humanities 111 1 
Physics 211 
Math 251 
Religion** 
Plus V2 course 

Junior Year 



Science Elective 
Elective 
Econ. 152 



History** 

Science Elective 

Math 311 

Econ. 151 

Psychology, Sociology or 

Politics 

Plus . 

This is a rigorous curriculum, demanding even for students 
with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are 
chosen in consultation with the engineering adviser in the De- 
partment of Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University 
in an academic forestry training program. A student in this 



Foreign Literature is also an option for any one of these. 
■ : Several options are allowed in each of these disciplines. 



76 



Forestry 

program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences 
at Wake Forest University. [At least two years (18 courses) 
must be completed in Wake Forest College.] He spends the 
summer between his junior and senior years and the two follow- 
ing years in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the 
successful completion of this five-year course of study he receives 
the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest University 
and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke School of 
Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make 
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry 
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year 
in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a 
planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official 
recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. 

Candidates for the degree in forestry must complete the fol- 
lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke 
School of Forestry: 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV 
(see pages 66-67). 

The physical edlucation requirement (see page 67). 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (2 courses) 
Economics 151, 152 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 

2 courses beyond the first year introductory courses in any 
one of the biological, physical, or social sciences. 

Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathe- 
matics, Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the Department 
of Biology. 

77 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Course Numbers 

The numbers of the semester courses offered by the various 
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no 
credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sopho- 
mores; courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; 
courses 301-399, for advanced undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents; and courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S 
used as a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is 
offered during the summer session only. (Winter term courses 
are listed in a separate catalog and have their own numbering 
system). 

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall 
term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, 
introductory or basic courses in many departments will be 
offered every term so that students may arrange their work in 
regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord- 
ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term, 
containing the name of each instructor and the time and 
location of each class. 

Credit; Laboratory Courses 

All credit is granted in terms of courses, whether full or half 
courses. A semester course and a winter term course are con- 
sidered equivalents for credit purposes. In the course listings 
below, each course listed carries one full course of credit unless 
it is specifically designated as a half course. A course listing that 
carries credit of a half course for one semester is designated 
"Vi P er sem." A listing that carries credit of a half course for 
two semesters is designated "^ per 2 sem." The course descrip- 
tion of a course that includes laboratory work indicates the 
number of hours per week normally spent in the laboratory, 
as "Lab. — 3 hrs." 

Prerequisites and Corequisities 

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as 
P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con- 

78 



Honors Program 



sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course. 
When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of 
the department is given. A corequisite is indicated, for example, 
as C-151. 

Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors 
program for a limited number of highly qualified students. 
Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee 
on Honors. 

During their first three years in college, participants will 
usually schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars (nor- 
mally including two courses in the Lower Division and one 
course in the Upper Division). Many students will probably 
not participate formally in the interdisciplinary program 
beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen- 
trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu- 
dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors 
and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a 
superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi- 
nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those 
whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved 
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work 
will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be 
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates 
for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are 
designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh- 
man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 
junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first 
semester of the senior year. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee 
on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses 
are drawn from various academic departments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry 
into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's 
experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da 
Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, 

79 



Honors Program 



Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary 
and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written 
reports and a term paper required. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel 
course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set 
of figures such as Buber, Galileo, Keynes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, 
Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar- 
winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on 
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other 
arts, and philosophy. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the 
ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi- 
zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such 
as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, 
Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in 
such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's 
Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and 
Skinner's Walden Two. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and 
development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary 
applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. 

(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic 

of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and 

America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary 

materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and 

painting. 

(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, 
with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also 
to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas 
as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts 
will be explored. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and 
modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, 
the theater and the motion picture. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of 
various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. 

80 



Art 



Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, 
Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories 
like the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 246. Man and His Environment. An interdisciplinary examina- 
tion of man and his society in relation to his environment. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic 
approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major 
research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the 
direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the 
topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on 
Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a 
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior 
year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) 

Departmental Honors Programs 

A number of departments in the College offer specialized 
honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu- 
ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by 
the departments concerned. 

ART 

Associate Professor Boyd (Chairman) 
Instructors Griffin, Wilkiemeyer 
Artist-In-Residence Prohaska 

An art major is not offered at the present time, but students 
interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman of 
the Department. 

Art History 

Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and soph- 
omores with permission of the instructor. 

221. Art of India. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture 
from the earliest times to 1200 A.D., with particular attention given to 
the aesthetic considerations, religious ideas, and ritual needs of Hinduism, 
Buddhism, and Jainism. Mr. Gokhale 

231. American Art. A survey of American Painting and Sculpture from 
1600 to 1900, with primary emphasis on painting. Mr. Boyd 

81 



Biology 

233. American Architecture. A survey of American Architecture from 
1600 to 1900, with particular emphasis on the Eighteenth and Early Nine- 
teenth centuries. Mr. Boyd 

241. Ancient Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture of the Prehistoric 
and Ancient periods, with particular emphasis on Egyptian, Greek, and 
Roman Art. Mrs. Wilkiemeyer 

252. Medieval Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture in Europe 
from 300 AD. to 1400 A.D. Mrs. Wilkiemeyer 

269. Italian Renaissance Art. A survey of Italian painting and sculpture 
from 1400 to 1600. 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. A survey of painting in the Nether- 
lands, Germany, France, and England from 1400 to 1600. Mr. Boyd 

272. Baroque Art. A survey of European painting and sculpture from 
1600 to 1700. 

281. Modern Art to 1900. A survey of European painting and sculpture 
from 1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. Mrs. Griffin 

282. Modern Art after 1900. A survey of European and American paint- 
ing and sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281. Mrs. Griffin 

294. Architecture Survey after 1700. A survey of European and Ameri- 
can architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth 
century. Mrs. Griffin 

Art Studio 

111, 112. Introduction to Painting. A basic course in drawing and paint- 
ing, in the media of charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. Ill is 
prerequisite for 112. Mr. Prohaska 

201, 202. Advanced Painting. A course of independent study with 
faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. 

213, 214. Advanced Drawing. A course of independent study with 
faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. Mr. Prohaska 

BIOLOGY 

Professors Allen, Flory 

Associate Professors Amen, Dimmick, Esch*, McDonald 

(Chairman), Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Becker, Dimock, Kuhn, Weigl 
Research Associate Phillips 
Visiting Assistant Professors Simpson, Thomas 
Adjunct Assistant Professors Gengozian, Gibbons, 

Richardson 

A major in Biology consists of seven semester courses plus 
one winter term course beyond the Introductory Course and 

* Absent on leave, 1971-72. 

82 



Biology 

must include Biology 151-152, Biology 391 and 393 or Biology 
397, one from Biology 327, 328, 325, 338, and one from Biology 
320, 321, 331, 333, 334. A minimum grade average of C on all 
full courses in Biology attempted is required for graduation. 
Prospective majors and other qualified students generally begin 
with Intermediate Biology. Other required semester courses for 
the major are four full courses in the physical sciences. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi- 
tional full courses in mathematics, the physical sciences, and 
biology. The major advisor will call these to the attention of 
majors, depending on their individual needs. All 300 level 
semester courses presume a background equivalent to Intro- 
ductory and Intermediate Biology, e.g. Biol. 111-112 and Biol. 
151-152. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to 
apply for admission to the Honors Program in Biology. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Biology, complete Biol. 391, 393 and pass a comprehensive oral 
examination. They are then graduated with the distinction 
"Honors in Biology." For additional information, members of 
the Biology staff should be consulted. 

111-112. Introductory Biology. Fundamental ideas of the structure and 
activity of living systems. Lab — 3 hrs. Ill prerequisite for 112. 

151-152. Intermediate Biology. Physiological, development, genetic and 
ecological principles common to a wide range of living systems, with 
emphasis on molecular and cellular aspects. Prerequisite or corequisite, 
one year of physical science. Lab — 3 hrs. 151 prerequisite for 152. 

5301. Biological Diversity. A course for secondary school teachers de- 
signed to illustrate selected taxonomic and ecologic principles. Not for 
majors. 

5302. Biological Unity. A course for secondary school teachers designed 
to illustrate important physiologic and genetic principles. Not for majors. 

S305. Teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology. Cooperative project 
between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited to ex- 
perienced teachers of Biology. 

312. Genetics. A study of the principles of inheritance and their applica- 
tion to plants and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the 
methods of breeding some genetically important organisms and of com- 
piling and presenting data. Lab — 3 hrs. 

314. Evolution. Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of 
evolution. 

83 



Biology 

318. Economic Botany. A survey of the plant kingdom giving considera- 
tion to both the positive and negative importance of plants of all groups 
to man. 

320. Chordates. A study of chordate animals with emphasis on com- 
parative anatomy and phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in 
the laboratory. Lab — 4 hrs. 

321. Parasitology. A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod 
parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, 
and host-parasite relationships. Lab — 4 hrs. 

325. Plant Anatomy. A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular 
plants with emphasis on phylogeny and anatomical microtechniques. 
Lab — 4 hrs. 

326. Microorganisms. A study of the more important groups of micro- 
organisms, with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab — 4 hrs. 

327. Non-vascular Plants. An examination of representative non-vascu- 
lar plants, with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

328. Vascular Plants. A comparative survey of the vascular plants with 
emphasis on structure, reproduction, classification and phylogeny. Lab — 
4 hrs. 

331. Invertebrates. Systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on 
functional morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — 3 hrs. 

333. Vertebrates. Systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on 
evolution, physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to sys- 
tematic, field, and experimental studies. Lab — 4 hrs. 

334. Entomology. A study of insects with emphasis on structure, de- 
velopment, taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

338. Plant Taxonomy. A study of the classification of seed plants with 
emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. Lab — 4 hrs. 

340. Ecology. Inter-relationships among living systems and their en- 
vironments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Con- 
temporary problems in ecology. Lab — 4 hrs. 

341. Marine Biology. An introduction to the physical, chemical, and 
biological parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. 
Lab — 3 hrs. 

351. Physiology. A study of the physiological activities of all types of 
organisms. Emphasis on intermediary metabolism and regulatory mech- 
anisms. Lab — 4 hrs. 

360. Development. A study of development including aspects of verte- 
brate, invertebrate, and other developmental systems emphasizing the 
regulation of differentiation. Lab — 4 hrs. 

370. Biochemistry. A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, in- 
cluding principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living sys- 
tems, intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, 
and biochemical energetics. Lab — 3 hrs. 

84 



Business and Accountancy 



391, 393. Special Problems in Biology. (V2 per sem.) Independent 
library and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Permission of the instructor required. Completion 
of both 391, 393 satisfies seminar requirement for the major. 

397. Seminar in Biology. Consideration of major biological topics 
through intensive reading and discussions. Specific topics to be em- 
phasized in any particular term will be listed in the schedule for that 
term. Satisfies the seminar requirement for a major. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

401-408. Topics in Biology 

411, 412. Directed Study in Biology 

420. Genetics (Cytogenetics) 

430. Invertebrate Zoology 

440. Physiological Ecology 

450. Cell Biology 

460. Developmental Biology 

480. Biosystematics 

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY 

Professors Hylton, Owen 
Associate Professor Cook 
Assistant Professor Taylor 
Instructor Ewing 

General requirements for both the B.S. in Business and the B.S. 
in Accountancy. 

For each degree, the student must make the following selec- 
tions from these required course categories: 

(a) from Natural Sciences and Mathematics: at least one, 
preferably two courses must be selected from Mathe- 
matics. 

(b) from the Social Sciences: at least one course must be 
selected in the Economics Department. 

The requirements for additional work in each degree are 
stated in the following descriptions: 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

85 



Business 

Business 

For the major in Business, eight semester courses and one 
winter term course are required in the Department of Business 
and Accountancy. Required courses are: Accountancy 111 and 
112; Business 211, 221, 231, 261, and 271 or 272. 

The degree, B.S. in Business, is offered for the student who 
anticipate^ a career in the business world. The curriculum is 
designed to equip the student with basic tools and knowledge 
which should enable him to perform adequately in his first 
position and to advance to more responsible positions in the 
management hierarchy. 

211. Organization and Management. The study of the basic manage- 
ment functions, principles, concepts, and practices in the operation of 
modern business organizations. 

212. Advanced Management. A study of the techniques of decision mak- 
ing utilizing case analyses, problem-solving, and report writing procedures 
based on extensive readings. P-211. 

221. Marketing Management. Survey of marketing structures, concepts, 
and motivation of current marketing environment. Study of managerial 
decisions necessary in the distribution of industrial and consumer goods. 

222. Marketing Decisions. A study of the management of marketing 
activities, the interrelationship of these activities, and their relationship 
to the other functions of the firm. P-221. 

231. Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making at 
the level of the individual business enterprise. P-Accountancy 111. 

232. Advanced Financial Management. Management decision-making 
applied to the financial function, including credit, investment, and related 
problems. P-231 and Accountancy 112. 

241. Labor Policy. Theories of wage determination, employment, and 
income distribution with emphasis on labor units and the collective bar- 
gaining process. P-211. 

261. Legal Environment of Business. Study of the legal environment 
within which business decisions must be made. 

268. Business Statistics. A study of statistical analysis designed to 
implement the decision-making process in business situations. Credit may 
not be received for this course and Math 157 or Soc. 380. 

271. Seminar in Quantitative Techniques in Business. Development and 
understanding of decision tools and models to be applied to the business 
decision process. P-Math 115. 

272. Behavioral Seminar in Business. Individual research and study of 
environmental factors influencing business decisions and operations. P-211 
and 221. 

281. Reading and Research. An advanced course devoted to individual 
reading and research in the field of Business. P-Permission of Instructor. 

86 



Accountancy 



Accountancy 

The major in Accountancy requires ten semester courses and 
one winter term course in Accountancy and Business. Re- 
quired courses are: Accountancy 111, 112, 151, 152, 252, 261, 
271, and 273; Business 231, 261 and winter term income tax 
course. 

The B.S. in Accountancy is offered to those students who 
expect to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The 
curriculum is designed to equip the student for staff and 
managerial positions in public accounting, industrial account- 
ing, and similar positions in non-profit institutions. One who 
completes the B.S. in Accountancy is qualified to sit for the 
CPA examination in North Carolina. 

111. Basic Financial. Accounting. The accounting equation and account- 
ing cycle. Preparation and interpretation of financial statements. 

112. Basic Managerial Accounting. Cost-profit-volume analysis, cost ac- 
counting concepts and capital budgeting. P-lll. 

151. Intermediate Accounting. A detailed analysis of theory and related 
problems for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-112. 

152. Intermediate Accounting. Continuation of Accounting 151. P-151. 

252. Budgeting and Control. Preparation and use of budget for control 
purposes, including extensive study of standard costs. P-112. 

253. Accounting Information Systems. A study of functions performed 
by an adequate information system, and methods and procedures neces- 
sary to supply useful data. P-252. 

254. Accounting in the Not-for-Profit Sector. An examination of ac- 
counting theory and practice in governmental and eleemosynary organi- 
zations, including an examination of national income accounting. P-151. 
261. Advanced Accounting Problems. A study of the more complex 
problems found in business operations-business combinations, reorgani- 
zations, and dissolution. P-151. 

268. Business Statistics. A study of statistical analysis designed to 
implement the decision-making process in business situations. Credit may 
not be received for this course and Math 157 or Soc. 380. 
271. Income Tax Accounting. Accounting for purposes of complying 
with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business 
tax returns. P-151 and winter tax course. 

273. Auditing. Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA pro- 
fession, with particular emphasis on the attest function. P-152 and 252. 
275. CPA Review. An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on 
the Accounting Practice and Accounting Theory sections of the CPA 
exam. P-252 and 261. 

278. Reading and Research. Directed study in specialized areas of 
accountancy. P-Permission of Instructor. 

87 



Chemistry 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller 
Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross 
Assistant Professors Hegstrom, Noftle 

The B.A. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111- 
112 or 118, 221-222, 341-342, 344, 361; Mathematics through 
111; and Physics 111-112 or its equivalent. 

The B.S. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111- 
112 or 118, 221-222, 341-342, 344, 361, 363-364, 371, W98; 
Mathematics through 112; and Physics 111-112 or its equiva- 
lent. Any student may substitute Chemistry 363-364 for the 
laboratory portion of Chemistry 221. 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required 
of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission 
to any class is contingent upon satisfactory grades in prerequi- 
site courses, and registration for advanced courses must be ap- 
proved by the Department. 

The Department is on the list of departments certified by 
the American Chemical Society. 

Highly qualified Chemistry majors are considered for Honors 
in Chemistry. To be graduated with "Honors in Chemistry," the 
candidate must attain a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college 
work and 3.3 on all work in Chemistry and complete satisfac- 
torily Chemistry 391-392 or W99 or an independent study proj- 
ect approved by the department and an examination covering 
primarily the independent study project carried out. 

Prospective majors are urged to take the Physics 117 — Chem- 
istry 118 sequence in the freshman year. For B.S. majors the 
following schedule of chemistry and closely related courses is 
strongly recommended: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 117 — Chemistry 118 Chemistry 341-342 and 344 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 121-251 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 371 

Chemistry 361 Chemistry, Mathematics or 

Chemistry 363-364 Physics Electives 
Physics 161-162 

88 



Chemistry 

111, 112. College Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles. Labora- 
tory covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab — 3 hrs. 

118. Principles of Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles with 
emphasis on structural concepts. Laboratory work in basic quantitative 
analysis. A student receiving credit in either Chemistry 111 or Chemistry 
112 may not have credit for this course. Lab — 4 hrs. P-Physics 117. 

221. Organic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. 
A student may substitute Chemistry 363-364 for the laboratory in this 
course. Lab — 4 hrs. P-112 or 118. 

222. Organic Chemistry. Continuation of principles and reactions of 
organic chemistry. P-221. 

S301, S302. Principles of Chemistry. Further study of fundamental 
chemical principles. For public school teachers. Lab — 3 hrs. P-112. 
S305. Introductory Organic Chemistry. Introduction to principles and 
reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. Lab — 3 hrs. 
P-112. 

323. Organic Analysis. The systematic identification of organic com- 
pounds. Lab — 4 hrs. P-222. 

324. Chemical Synthesis. (V2 or 1). A library, conference and laboratory 
course. Lab — 4 or 8 hrs. P-222. 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry. Fundamentals of physical chemistry. 
P-112 or 118; Math 111; C-Physics 111-112 or 117. 
344. Physical- Analytical Laboratory. (V2) ■ Lab — 8 hrs. 
361. Inorganic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of inorganic chemis- 
try. C-341. 

363-364. Inorganic-Organic Laboratory. (Y 2 per 2 sems.) A two-semester 
unified laboratory built upon the various techniques of synthesis, separa- 
tion and identification. Lab — 4 hrs. C-221, 222, 361. 

371. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. Application of quantum theory 
to topics in chemistry. 

373. Chemical Instrumentation. (%)• A laboratory course in chemical 
instrumentation. Lab — 6 hrs. P-112 or 118. 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. Discussions of contemporary research. 
Attendance required of all graduate students and all chemistry majors. 
No credit. 

391, 392. Independent Study. (V2 per sem.) Library, conference and in- 
dependent study. Lab — 6 hrs. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 

441. Molecular Structure. 

445. Thermodynamics. 

446. Chemical Kinetics. 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

89 



Classical Languages 



447. Chemical Bonding. 

462. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 

471. Quantum Chemistry. 

475. Statistical Mechanics. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

529. Tutorial in Organic Chemistry. 

549. Tutorial in Physical Chemistry. 

569. Tutorial in Inorganic Chemistry. 

579. Tutorial in Theoretical Chemistry. 

591, 592. Dissertation Research. 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professor C. V. Harris 

Assistant Professors Andronica, Hash, Ulery 

Instructors Heatley, F. Sanders 

The Department of Classical Languages offers two majors: a 
major in Greek and a major in Latin. 

A major in Greek requires eight semester courses and a winter 
term course in the department beyond the elementary courses 
(111, 112). Seven of these semester courses must be in the 
Greek language. 

For those who began Latin at Wake Forest with the course 
111 or 113, a major requires eight semester courses and a winter 
term course in the department beyond the elementary courses 
(111, 112, 113). Seven of these semester courses must be in the 
Latin language. 

For those who begin with Latin 153 at Wake Forest a major 
requires eight semester courses and a winter term course in the 
department. Seven of these semester courss must be in the 
Latin language. 

For those who begin with Latin 211 at Wake Forest a major 
requires seven semester courses and a winter term course in the 
department. Six of these semester courses must be in the Latin 
language. 

Teacher certification. The requirements for certification to 
teach Latin in high school are the same as the requirements for 
a major in Latin. 

90 



Latin 

Highly qualified Latin or Greek majors are considered by the 
Department of Classical Languages for admission to the honors 
program in Latin or Greek. To be graduated with the designa- 
tion of "Honors in Latin" or "Honors in Greek", the student 
must earn a QPR or not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in Latin and Greek, complete an honors research 
project and pass an oral comprehensive examination. At least 
two of the semester courses counted toward the major must be 
seminar courses. 

I 
Greek Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. Greek grammar; selections from Greek 
prose writers and poets. 

153. Intermediate Greek. Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thor- 
ough drill in syntax. 

211. Plato. Selections from the dialogues of Plato. 

212. Homer. Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey. 

221, 222. Selected Readings. Intensive reading courses designed to meet 
individual needs and interests. 

231. The Greek New Testament. Selections from the Greek New Testa- 
ment. 

241. Greek Tragedy. Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study 
of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of 
selected tragedies in translation. Seminar. 

242. Greek Comedy. Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a 
study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading 
of selected comedies in translation. Seminar. 

291-292. Honors in Greek. (Y 2 per sem.) Directed research for honors 
paper. 

II 

Latin Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. 

113. Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. Not open to 

students who have had Latin 111 or 112. 

153. Intermediate Latin. Grammar review and selected readings. 

211. Vergil. Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on 
literary values. 

212. Roman Historians. A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, 
with attention to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiogra- 
phy. Fall semester. 

91 



Classics 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. An interpretation and evaluation of lyric 
poetry through readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus 
and Horace. Spring semester. 
221. Tacitus. A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus. 

225. Roman Epistolography. Selected readings from the correspondence 
of Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace 
and Ovid. 

226. Roman Comedy. Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and 
Terence with a study of literary values and dramatic techniques. 

241. Satire. Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace and Juvenal. At- 
tention will be given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar. 

242. Satire. Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. 
Seminar. 

243. Latin Readings. A course designed to meet individual needs and 
interests. 

250. Prose Composition. 

261. Lucretius. Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention 
to literary values and philosophical import. 

262. Cicero. Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, together with 
a survey of Greek philosophical antecedents. 

265. The Elegiac Poets. Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, 

along with the study of the elegiac tradition. Seminar. 

291-92. Honors in Latin. 0/2 per sem.) Directed research for honors 

paper. 

Ill 

Classics 

253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. Oral epic poetry with primary 
emphasis on the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer and the later develop- 
ment of the genre. Offered Fall 1972 and alternate years thereafter. 

254. Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. A study of the Latin treatment 
and development of the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, 
Ovid, and Lucan. Offered spring 1973 and alternate years thereafter. 

263. Tragic Drama in Translation. A study of the origins and develop- 
ment of Greek tragedy and its influence on Roman writers, with readings 
from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. Offered fall 1971 and alternate 
years thereafter. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy in Translation. Representative works 
of Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the 
origins and development of comedy. Offered spring 1972 and alternate 
years thereafter. 

265. A Survey of Greek Literature in Translation. A study of selections 
from Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek 
language is not required. 

92 



Economics 

270. Greek Civilization. Lectures and collateral reading upon those 
phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

271. Roman Civilization. This course consists of lectures and collateral 
reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern 
world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

272. A Survey of Latin Literature in Translation. A study of selections 
from Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin 
language is not required. 

ECONOMICS 

Associate Professor Wagstaff 

Assistant Professors Cage, Himan, Moorhouse 

The objectives of the economics program at Wake Forest Uni- 
versity are to help prepare students for effective participation 
in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical 
skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better under- 
standing of alternative economic systems, and to provide a 
balanced curriculum that will prepare students for graduate 
study or positions in industry and government. 

The major in Economics requires 8 semester courses and one 
winter term course in the field of Economics, including Eco- 
nomics 151, 152, 201, and 202.* The remaining courses for a 
major in Economics and courses in related fields are selected by 
the students and the Economics advisor. 

Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for 
admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candidates 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project, 
and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, 
and complete Economics 281 or 287 and Economics 288. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Eco- 
nomics." 

111. Introduction to Economic Analysis. A one semester survey of the 
discipline. Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered in 
addition to more general topics involving the formation of national eco- 
nomic policy. Credit not granted for this course and Economics 151 or 152. 



* Economics 111 will satisfy the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission 
of the department. 

93 



Economics 

151. Principles of Economics. A study of individual economic units in 
a market economy with some attention given to monopoly, labor unions, 
and poverty. 

152. Principles of Economics. Attention is focused on the functioning of 
the economy as a whole with particular reference to unemployment, in- 
flation, economic growth and policy. P-151. 

201. Microeconomic Theory. Develops the theory of consumer behavior 
and the theory of the firm with emphasis on price and output determina- 
tion under various market conditions. P-151, 152. 

202. Macroeconomic Theory. A study of Keynesian and post-Keynesian 
theories about the determination of the level of national income, employ- 
ment and economic growth. P-151, 152. 

203. Introduction to Econometrics. Economic analysis through quanti- 
tative methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical re- 
search. 

221. Public Finance. An examination of the economic behavior of gov- 
ernment. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt 
management. P-151, 152. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. A rigorous development of the theory 
of supply and demand for money plus the inter-relationship among 
prices, interest rates, and aggregate output. P-151, 152. 

242. Labor Economics. Theories of wage determination, employment, 
and income distribution and the economic roles of unions and government 
in the labor market. P-151, 152. 

244. Industrial Organization. An analysis of market structure with 
particular reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, 
and public regulation. P-151, 152. 

251. International Economics. A study of international trade theory, 
balance of payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions and commercial 
policies. P-151, 152. 

252. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. A study of the peculiar prob- 
lems of economic growth in the underdeveloped countries of the world, 
including assistance programs of the more developed countries and inter- 
national agencies. P-151, 152. 

255. Comparative Economic Systems. An objective examination of the 
theory and practices of various economic systems, including capitalism, 
socialism, and communism. P-151, 152. 

256. Regional Economics. Analysis of the spatial distribution of economic 
activity with special attention given to the economic structure of urban 
areas. P-151, 152. 

261. American Economic Development. The application of economic 
theory to problems and issues in American economic progress. P-151, 152. 

262. History of Economic Thought. A historical survey of the main 
developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen- 
tieth century. P-151, 152. 

94 



Education 



281. Contemporary Economic Problems. An economic analysis of current 
issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes policy for- 
mation. P-151, 152. 

287. Senior Readings. A student-faculty seminar in which selected publi- 
cations are analyzed an ddiscussed. Admission by permission of the 
Department. 

288. Economic Research. Independent study and research supervised by 
a member of the economics staff. P-201, 202. 

EDUCATION 

Professors Parker, Preseren 

Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme 

Assistant Professor Hood 

Instructor Archer 

Ordinarily, teacher education students major in the academic 
areas in which they plan to teach. Only students planning to 
be certificated in the broad areas of Intermediate Education, 
Science or Social Studies are permitted to major in Education. 
A major in Education requires completion of the approved pro- 
gram in Education and the courses listed as academic require- 
ments for the Intermediate, Science or Social Studies Certifi- 
cate. 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the 
educational profession is important to society and that the 
welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of 
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake 
Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation 
of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com- 
mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 
18, 1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education 
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a 
wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and 
a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs 
of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department of 
Education provides elective courses open to all students, in- 
cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses 
supplement the work of other departments and provide generally 
for the liberal education of all students. 

95 



Education 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department 
of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's 
certificate to graduates of the University who have completed 
an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their 
teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and 
who receive recommendations from the designated official (s) 
of their teaching area (s) and from the Chairman of the De- 
partment of Education. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program are 
required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class 
A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the 
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The 
Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program 
to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured 
from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state 
where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of 
Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi- 
fication requirements of that state. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education 
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission 
involves filing an official application with the Department of 
Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being 
officially approved by the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. The Approved Program of Teacher 
Education requires candidates to complete successfully a series 
of professional education courses. Psychology 151 and Speech 
151 are recommended electives. The exact sequence of profes- 
sional and academic courses varies with a student's particular 
program and is determined in conference between the candidate, 
his advisor, and/or a member of the Education faculty. In 
most cases, the majority of the work in the teacher education 
program is taken simultaneously during one semester of the 
senior year, according to the availability of programs. Candi- 
dates for the Intermediate Certificate, however, will begin 
course work required for certification as early as the Sophomore 
year. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be 
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with 

96 



Education 

being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular 
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed 
to take more than one course occurring outside the regular 
school day. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student 
Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- 
level special student. 

2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake 
Forest. 

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the 
area of certification or, in case of two or more fields of certi- 
fication, in each of the areas. 

4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

5. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on 
the basis of available positions and professional needs of the 
students. The University does not assume the responsibility for 
transportation to the schools during Student Teaching. 

Academic Requirements 

English — 8 semester courses, including: one course numbered 160-175; 
323; 390; and at least four additional semester courses numbered 300- 
399. One winter term course in English. 

French — 8 semester courses and 1 winter term, including French 151, 
152, 215, 221, 222, 224, or their equivalents; at least 2 courses in litera- 
ture beyond 215. 

German — 8 semester courses, including German 153, 211, 212; 2 courses 
chosen from German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least 3 courses in literature 
beyond 212. 

Latin — Based on 2 high school units, 9 courses in the Department of 
Classics, 7 of which must be in the Latin language. 

Spanish — 8 semester courses and 1 winter term, including Spanish 151, 
152, 215, 221, 223, or their equivalents; 2 courses chosen from 224, 225, 
226, and at least 1 course in literature beyond 215. 

Intermediate Education — 15 semester courses, including appropriate 
Basic Course and Divisional Course requirements: 3 courses in Eng- 
lish, 3 in Social Studies (with study in at least two areas other than 
History), 2 in Science, 2 in Mathematics, 1 in Art, 1 in Music, 1 in 
Humanities, and 2 in Physical Education. In addition, an academic 
concentration in one of the teaching areas of the intermediate grades 
must be completed. 

97 



Education 

Mathematics — 9 semester courses and 1 winter term course, including 
Mathematics 111, 112, 121, 221, 231, 332, and at least 2 other 300-level 
courses. 

Music — 16 courses plus 1 winter term, including 5 courses in applied 
music (including a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 124a). For 
further information consult the Music Department section of this 
catalog or the chairman of the Music Department. 

Physical Education and Health — 9 courses, including 220, 221, 222, 224, 
252, 353, 357, 360, and 363, and Biology 111 and 112. 

Science — HV2 to 13 semester courses, consisting of 2 semester courses 
each in Biology, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, plus additional 
courses in Biology (4 courses), or Chemistry (5 courses), or Physics 
(Sy 2 courses). 

Biology — 6 semester courses. 

Chemistry — 7y 2 semester courses including the first year of Chemistry. 

Physics — 5% semester courses. 

Social Studies — 12 courses, including 6 courses in History with at least 
2 courses in U. S. History and 2 courses in World (European) History; 
5 courses from Politics, Sociology, Anthropology, or Economics with no 
more than 2 courses in any one area; and a course in Geography. 

Economics — 6 courses. 

Government — 6 courses. 

History — 6 courses with at least 2 courses in U. S. History and 2 courses 
in World (European) History. 

Sociology — 6 courses. 

Speech— 10 courses, including 121, 151, 161, 231, 252, and 261. 

Required Courses 

These courses are required for a secondary or special sub- 
ject certificate. 

201. Foundations of Education. Philosophical, historical, and sociological 
foundations of education including analysis of contemporary issues and 
problems. 

211. Educational Psychology. General principles of adolescent develop- 
ment. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective teaching- 
learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. P-201. 
251. Student Teaching. Observation and experience in school-related 
activities. Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For require- 
ments and prerequisites see page 98. P-201. 

291. Methods and Materials. Methods, materials, and techniques used 
in teaching the various subjects. P-201. 

Teaching of English, each term. 
Teaching of Foreign Language, fall term. 

98 



Education 



Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term. 

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. 

Teaching of Music, spring term. 

Teaching of Science, fall term. 

Teaching of Social Studies, each term. 

Teaching of Speech, spring term. 

331. The School and Teaching. Organization of the school system. Bases 
of education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and teaching. 
The role of the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching P-201. 

These courses are required for an Intermediate teacher's certi- 
ficate: 

201. Foundations of Education. 
211. Educational Psychology. 

221. Children's Literature and Reading. A survey of the types of litera- 
ture appropriate for the intermediate grades and an investigation of the 
basic problems in reading. 

222. The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. The development of skills in 
music, fine arts, and handicrafts appropriate to the intermediate grades. 

223. Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. The 
development of physical education skills appropriate for the intermediate 
grade teacher and an understanding of the personal and community 
health needs appropriate for this grade level. 

251. Student Teaching. 

295. Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social 
Studies. A survey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of 
teaching the language arts and social studies in the intermediate grades. 

296. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. A 
survey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching 
science and mathematics in the intermediate grades. 

313. Human Growth and Development. Theories of childhood and adoles- 
cent development and their educational implications physically, intellec- 
tually, emotionally, socially, and morally. 

Elective Courses 

271. Introduction to Geography. A study of the physical environment 
and its relationship to man, including an examination of climate, vege- 
tation, soils, water resources and land forms found in various regions 
throughout the world. 

301. Audiovisual Education. Introduction to the field of audiovisual 
education, development and application of skills in the use of instruc- 
tional materials, equipment, and programs. 

99 



Education 



302. Production of Instructional Materials. Methods of producing in- 
structional materials and other technological techniques. P-301. 

303. History of European Education. A study of educational theory and 
practice from classical Greece through modern Europe, stressing the 
writers who have contributed to western educational thought. 

304. History of American Education. A study of education in the United 
States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on the social 
forces which have influenced American educational thought. 

321. Educational Tests and Measurement. Principles and concepts of 
evaluation and measurement; validity and reliability of tests; interpreta- 
tion and selection of standardized group tests. 

323. Educational Statistics. Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametric 
statistical procedures involved in educational research. Not open to 
students who have taken Psychology 211 and 212. P-instructor. 

341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. Counseling history, philos- 
ophy, theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental 
counseling approaches in guidance and personnel work in educational, 
social, business, and community service agencies. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education. 

407. Philosophy of Education. 

413. Psychology of Learning. 

421. Educational Research. 

431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. 

433. Supervision of Instruction. 

435. Organization and Administration of Education. 

441. Theories and Models of Counseling. 

442. Group Procedures in Counseling. 

443. Vocational Psychology. 

444. Individual Assessment. 

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. 
451, 452. Administrative Internship. 

461. Student Personnel Work and Higher Education. 

462. Dimensions of College Student Development. 

463. Seminar in Counseling and Student Personnel Work. 
483. Readings and Research in Education. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

100 



English 

ENGLISH 

Professors Gossett, Phillips (Chairman), Wilson 
Associate Professors Brown, Carter, Fosso, Kenion, 

L. Potter, Shorter 
Assistant Professors Lovett, Milner, Raynor 
Visiting Assistant Professor J. Potter 
Instructors Bonnette, Dervin, Green, Johnson, Mc- 

Caskey, Meyer, Moss 
Lecturer Shaw 

The prerequisite for admission to all advanced courses in 
English is any one of the courses in English and American liter- 
ature numbered 160-175. 100-level courses are offered each 
semester. 

The major in English requires a minimum of eight semester 
courses, at least six of which must be numbered 300-399, and 
one winter term in the junior or senior year. Of the advanced 
courses, one must be Shakespeare and an additional one must 
be in English literature before 1750 (courses numbered 300- 
339); two must be in English literature after 1750 (courses 
numbered 340-369); and one must be in American literature 
(courses numbered 370-385). The advanced courses must also 
include one from three of the following four groups: I. (courses 
315, 325, 350, 354, 362, 367, 376); II. (courses 335, 353, 357, 
365, 380); III. (courses 310, 330, 343, 360, 372, 374, 382); IV. 
(courses 320, 332, 364, 369, 378). Every course numbered 300- 
385 satisfies two required categories. Course 386 may be sub- 
stituted in satisfaction of appropriate requirements. One course 
must be a seminar: each semester the department will designate 
which courses will be offered as seminars. 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be 
graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they 
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in English, complete satisfactorily the require- 
ments for English majors, and in addition complete the require- 
ments for English 388. 

101 



English 

11. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic 
principles of composition; frequent exercises. No credit. Staff 

110. English Composition.* Training in expository writing, frequent 
essays based upon readings in literature. Staff 

160. Survey of Major British Writers. Eight to ten writers representing 
different periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

165. Studies in Major British Writers. Three to five writers representing 
different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Lim- 
ited enrollment. Staff 

170. Survey of Major American Writers. Nine to eleven writers repre- 
senting different periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

175. Studies in Major American Writers. Three to five writers repre- 
senting different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. 
Limited enrollment. Staff 

Journalism and Writing 

270. Introduction to Journalism. Survey of the fundamental principles 
of news-gathering and news-writing; study of news and news values, with 
some attention to representative newspapers. Mr. Shaw 

272. Editing. A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, 
typography, and make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine edit- 
ing. P-270. Mr. Shaw 

276. Advanced Journalism. Intensive practice in writing various types 
of newspaper stories, including the feature article. Limited to students 
planning careers in journalism. P-270. Mr. Shaw 

278. History of Journalism. A study of the development of American 
journalism and its English origin; detailed investigations of representative 
world papers. Mr. Shaw 

284. The Essay. Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, 
with concentration on writing various types of essays. Admission by 
consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 

286. The Short Story. A study of the fundamental principles of short 
fiction writing; constant practice in writing, extensive study of short 
story form. Admission by consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 



* Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- 
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade 
for any course may be assigned in any department to a student whose writings is unsatis- 
factory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising 
juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing 
of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of 
transfers is checked during the orientation period each fall. For removal of a composition 
condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he 
registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer 
terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat 
English 110 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

t Prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the composition requirement is 
waived. 

102 



English 

Advanced Courses in Literature and Language* 

310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. Important works, exclusive 
of Chaucer. Consideration of literary genres, themes, religious and 
philosophical background. (A) Mr. Shorter 

315. Chaucer. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde, with some attention to long minor poems. Consideration of 
literary, social, religious and philosophical background. Mr. Shorter 

320. English Drama to 1642. English drama from its beginning to 1642, 
excluding Shakespeare. Representative Cycle plays, Moralities, Eliza- 
bethan and Jacobean tragedies, comedies, and tragi-comedies. (A) 

Mr. Bonnette 

323. Shakespeare. Twelve representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's 
development as a poet and dramatist. Mr. FOSSO 

325. Renaissance and Seventeenth Century. Selected prose and poetry, 
1500-1660, exclusive of Milton. Emphasis on Spenser and Donne, cul- 
tural backgrounds and stylistic transformations. (A) Mr. FOSSO 

330. English Literature 1660-1745. Representative works studied against 
the social and intellectual background. Emphasis upon Dryden, Addison, 
Steele, Swift, Defoe, Pope and the comic dramatists of the Restoration. 

Mr. Kenion 

332. Satire. The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as re- 
vealed through reading and critical analysis of significant examples, 
mostly English and American. (A) Mr. Kenion 

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Rich- 
ardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. Mr. Lovett 

343. English Literature, 1745-1800. Emphasis upon the personalities 
and writings of Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith and Burns. Consideration of 
the classical heritage and of trends from classic to romantic. Mr. Brown 

350. Romantic Poets. A review of the beginnings of romanticism in 
English literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. 

Mr. Wilson 

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Representative major 
works by Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. 
Lectures and discussion. Mr. Carter 

354. Major Victorian Poets. Representative poems by Tennyson, Brown- 
ing, and Arnold. Lectures, discussion, and papers. Staff 

360. Literature and Culture in the Nineteenth Century. The influence 
of social change, religious controversy and scientific theory upon prose, 
fiction and poetry. (A) Mr. Carter 

* Courses marked (A) are normally offered in alternate years. 

103 



English 

362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. Reading and critical analysis of the 
poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats 
and his contemporaries in the Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and 
Lady Gregory. (A) Mr. Wilson 

364. Literary Criticism. Review of the beginnings of literary criticism, 
followed by a study of the principal twentieth century critical approaches 
to literature. (A) Mr. Potter 

365. Twentieth Century English Novelists. A study of Conrad, Law- 
rence, Joyce, Forster, Woolf and later English novelists with attention 
to the social and intellectual background. Mr. Potter 

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. Selected American and British poets 
from 1900 to 1965. Miss Phillips 

369. Modern Drama. Modern drama from its late nineteenth century 
naturalist beginnings to the contemporary existentialist-absurdist theater. 

Mr. Bonnette 

372. The American Renaissance. Writers of the mid-nineteenth century 
including Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne and Melville. Mr. Meyer 

374. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1865. 
Selected topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Transcendental- 
ism, and romanticism to be focused on the mid-nineteenth century. (A) 

Mr. Meyer 

376. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. The poetry of Whitman, Mel- 
ville, Dickinson and Stephen Crane. (A) Miss Phillips 

378. Literature of the South. The aesthetic, philosophical, and socio- 
logical dimensions of the best literature of the South, from the colonial 
to the contemporary period. Writers to include the regional humorists, 
Faulkner, Ransom and Williams. Mr. Milner 

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. To include such writers as 
Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. (A) 

Mr. Gossett 

382. Modern American Fiction, 1918 to the Present. Selected topics 
such as naturalism, the novel of World War I, Freudianism, Marxism, 
existentialism. Mr. Gossett 

386. Directed Reading. A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise 
provided by the English department; granted upon departmental ap- 
proval of petition presented by a qualified student. STAFF 

388. Honors Course in English. A conference course centering upon a 
special reading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior 
students wishing to graduate with "Honors in English." Mr. Potter 

390. The Structure of English. An introduction to the principles and 
techniques of structural linguistics applied to contemporary American 
English. Miss McCaskey 

104 



German 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given 
every year, but at least four will be offered each regular aca- 
demic year, and normally two will be offered in the summer 
session. ) 

415. Studies in Chaucer. Mr. Shorter 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642. 

421. Studies in Spenser. Mr. Fosso 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English 

Literature. Mr. Fosso 

435. The Major Augustans. Mr. Kenion 

437. Studies in Later Eighteenth Century Poetry. Mr. Brown 

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Mr. Carter 

444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 

Centuries. Mr. Wilson 

455. Studies in American Fiction. Mr. Gossett 

457. American Poetry. Miss Phillips 

491,492. Thesis Research. Staff 

FINE ARTS 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 

GERMAN 

Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty 
Associate Professor Sanders 
Assistant Professors Sellner, West 
Instructor Place 

A major in German requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course beyond German 111-112, and must include 
281 and 285. 

Highly qualified German majors are considered by the De- 
partment for admission to the honors program in German. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, participate in at 
least one senior seminar at this institution, earn a QPR of not 
less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in German, 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

105 



German 

complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive 
examination. They are then graduated with the designation of 
"Honors in German." 

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake 
Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin 
(see page 40). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. This course covers the principles of 
grammar and pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. 
Lab — 1 hr. 

152. Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; 
reading of selected prose and poetry. Open only to students who have 
completed three years of high school German. Lab — 1 hr. 

153. Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; 
reading of selected prose and poetry. Lab — 1 hr. P-lll, 112. 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. The object of this course 
is to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Par- 
allel reading and reports. P-152 or 153. 

217. Conservation and Phonetics. A course in spoken German emphasiz- 
ing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. 
P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

218. Composition and Grammar Review. A review of the fundamentals 
of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and com- 
position. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

219. Advanced Composition. A study of advanced grammar and com- 
position. English texts will be translated into German in addition to 
free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent. 

220. German Civilization. A survey of contemporary German culture, 
including a study of its historical development in broad outline. The 
course is conducted in German. P-217 or consent of instructor. 

249. Old High German and Middle High German Literature. The study 
of major writers and works from these two areas emphasizes major 
writings of the chivalric period. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

250. Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque German Literature. A 
study of major writers and works from the post-chivalric period to ap- 
proximately 1700. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

253. Eighteenth Century German Literature. A study of major writers 
and works of the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-211, 212 or 
equivalent. 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). Poetry, prose, 
dramas and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 212 
or equivalent. 

106 



History 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). Readings from 
the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-211, 212 
or equivalent. 

270. Directed Readings in German Literature. Studies in literature not 
ordinarily read in other courses. Open only to majors with at least four 
courses of German beyond 212. Participation with consent of Chairman. 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. Intensive study of certain 
works by Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside 
reading. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

285. Seminar: Goethe. Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel 
readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 or 
equivalent. 

288. Honors Course in German. A conference course in German litera- 
ture. A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for 
departmental honors. 

HISTORY 

Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, 

Tillett, Yearns 
Visiting Professor Tate 
Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong, 

Hendricks*, McDowell, Mullen, Zuber 
Assistant Professors Barefield, J. H. Smith 
Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com- 
plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else- 
where in this catalog and take their majors in History. The 
History major consists of eight semester courses and one winter 
term. It must include History 381, two courses in U. S. history, 
two courses in European history and one course in non-western 
history. One course in the major must be taken as a seminar. 
No more than two courses from History 111, 112, 113 may be 
counted toward the major. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in History. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a 
comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated 

* Absent on leave, Spring 1972. 

107 



History 

with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional 
information consult members of the History staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take 
required and general survey courses early in their college 
careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should 
acquire a ^reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
(preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree 
and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the 
Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University 
consult the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

111. Europe from the Renaissance to 1789. A survey. Staff 

112. Europe from 1789 to 1914. A survey. Staff 

113. Europe and the Twentieth Century World. A survey from 1914 to 
the present. Staff 

151, 152. The United States. Political, social, economic, and intellectual 
aspects. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff 

211. Seminar. Offered by members of the staff on topics of their choice. 

Staff 

215, 216. The Ancient World. Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall, 
and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to medieval; 
psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. Europe from 1300 to 1600. 
Social, cultural, and intellectual developments stressed. 

Mr. Barefteld 

240. Afro-American History. The role of Afro-Americans in the develop- 
ment of the United States with particular attention to African heritage, 
forced migration, Americanization, and influence. Mr. Smith 

264. Economic History of the United States. The economic development 
of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. Mr. Perry 

265. American Diplomatic History. An introduction to the history of 
American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion 
on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry 

271. Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. Cultural configurational ap- 
proach. Mr. Covey 

287, 288. Honors Course in History. A two-semester sequence of semi- 
nars on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for 
seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. Intellectual 
trends in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries; spring; nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Mr. Berthrong 

108 



History 

315. The Middle Ages. A survey of European history, 400-1300, stress- 
ing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. The 
structure of society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intellectual 
developments. P-315 or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield 

319, 320. Germany. Fall: origins of the German nation and the rise of 
Prussia in a context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of Bis- 
marck to divided Germany. Mr. McDowell 

323, 324. England. A political and social survey, with some attention to 
continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring: 1603 to present. 

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 

325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. A constitutional and social study 
of England from 1485 to 1641. Mr. Barnett 

329, 330. Modern England. Political, social, economic, and cultural 
history of England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. (Not 
offered 1972-73) Mr. Hadley 

331, 332. Russia. Primarily political, with <=ome attention to cultural 
and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the Soviet 
Union. Mr. Tillett 

333. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. Research-discussion semi- 
nar, with emphasis on topics from the Bismarck era. Mr. Mullen 

335, 336. Twentieth Century Europe. Emphasis on international ques- 
tions and the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 to 
1939; spring: 1939 to the present. Mr. McDowell 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. From the earliest 
times to the present; special attention to religion, social organization, 
economy, literature, art, and architecture. Mr. Gokhale 

343. Imperial China. Development of traditional institutions in Chinese 
society to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, em- 
phasizing continuity and resistance to change. Mr. Sinclair 

344. Modern China. Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western 
challenge; 1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; 
Chinese Communist society; cultural Revocation. Mr. Sinclair 

345. 346. History and Civilization of Soutn Asia. An introduction to the 
history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical develop- 
ments in the social, economic, and cultural life. (Not offered 1972-73) 

Mr. Gokhale 

347. India and the West. Interactions between the British and Indians 
in the context of changes in Indian society, economy, politics and cul- 
ture. Mr. Gokhale 

348. Themes in Indian Civilization. Historical evolution of Indian ideas 
on history, social behavior, economic goals, power problems, individual's 
role, war and non-violence and salvation theories. Mr. Gokhale 

109 



History 

349, 350. East Asia. An introduction to the social, cultural and political 
development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: since 
1600. (Not offered 1972-73) Mr. Sinclair 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. The 
relationship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, 
architecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber 

353. Colonial English America. 1582-1774. Determinative episodes, fig- 
ures, allegiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically 
considered. Mr. Covey 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820 The 
American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the 
Constitution, and the new nation. Mr. Hendricks 

355. The Westward Movement. The role of the frontier in United States 
history, 1763-1890. Mr. Smiley 

356. Jacksonian America, 1820-1850. The United States in the age of 
Jackson, Clay, Calhoun and Webster. A biographical approach. 

Mr. Hendricks 

357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. The political and military events 
of the war and the economic, social, and political readjustments which 
followed. Mr. Yearns 

358. U. S. from Reconstruction to World War I. National progress and 
problems during an era of rapid industrialization. Mr. Yearns 

359. Twentieth Century America. I. The transition of America from 
World War I to the eve of World War II with special emphasis on the 
"Roaring Twenties" and the New Deal. Mr. Smith 

360. Twentieth Century America, II. Recent United States development 
from Pearl Harbor to the eve of the present. Mr. Smith 

362. American Constitutional History. Origins of the constitution, the 
controversies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional read- 
justments to meet the new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns 

363, 364. The South. Geography, population elements, basic institutions, 
and selected events. Mr. Smiley 

367, 368. North Carolina. Selected phases of the development of North 
Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; spring: 
since 1789. Mr. Stroupe 

381. Historical Methods and Research. For History majors. Orientation 
in historical methodology, instruction in the bibliographical tools, and 
individual research and writing. Staff 

391, 392. Historiography. The principal historians and their writings 
from ancient times to the present. Fall: European historiography; spring: 
American historiography. Mr. Perry 

110 



Mathematics 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

411,412. Seminar in Modern European History. Mr. Tillett 
442. Seminar in Southeast Asia. Mr. Gokhale 

445. Traditional India. Mr. Gokhale 

447. Seminar on Modern India. Mr. Gokhale 

451, 452. Seminar in United States History. Mr. Smiley 

463, 464. American Foundations. A survey of the European 
heritage and colonial environment which developed into the 
American culture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth 
centuries. A cooperative program of Wake Forest University, Old 
Salem, and Reynolda House, Inc. Lectures provide a continuity 
of theme, while Old Salem and other historic sites provide oppor- 
tunities for giving history a visual dimension. A research project 
is required. Summer. Mr. Covey, Staff 

481, 482. Directed Reading. Staff 

491,492. Thesis Research. Staff 

HUMANITIES 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Gentry, Gay, Sawyer, Seelbinder 
Visiting Professor Brauer 

Associate Professors Baxley, Howard, Gaylord May, 
Graham May, Waddill 

Assistant Professors Carmichael, Frank L. Scott, 
Walker 

A major in mathematics requires nine semester courses and 
one winter term course. 

A student must include courses 111, 112, 121, 211, 221 and 
at least three 300-level courses in his major. A prospective 
teacher in the education block may substitute 231 for 211. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the 
Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe- 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

Ill 



Mathematics 



matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 
work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research 
paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in 
Mathematics." For additional information consult members of 
the Mathematics staff. 

105. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. Selected topics deal with the structure 
of number systems and the elementary functions. Not to be counted on 
major in Mathematics. 

Ill, 112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry 7, II. Differential and in- 
tegral calculus and the basic concepts of analytic geometry. No student 
will be allowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab. — 2 hrs. 

115, 116. Finite Mathematics with Calculus I, II. Logic, sets, probability 
matrices, linear programming, markov chains, theory of games and 
concepts from differential and integral calculus. No student will be al- 
lowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab — 2 hrs. 

121. Linear Algebra. Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations 
and matrices, linear groups and determinants. 

155. Introduction to Fortran Programming. (Y 2 per sem.) Basic FOR- 
TRAN programming. Lecture and laboratory y 2 semester. Graded on 
Pass/ Fail basis. Lab — 2 hrs. 

157. Elementary Probability and Statistics. Probability and distribution 
functions; means and variances; sampling distributions. One who takes 
this course may not receive credit for Soc. 380. 

211. Advanced Calculus I. Limits and continuity, differentiation and 
integration, implicit and inverse function theorems. P-121. 

221. Modern Algebra I. An introduction to modern abstract algebra 
through the study of groups, rings, integral domain and fields. P-121. 

231. Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems and models 
of Euclidean geometry. 

233. Elementary Topology. Topology in metric spaces. Continuity, com- 
pactness, sequences, uniform covergence, applications to analysis. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. Linear equations with constant 
coefficients, linear equations with variable coefficients, existence and 
uniqueness theorems for first order equations. P-112. 

253. Operations Research. Mathematical models and optimization tech- 
niques. Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling and net- 
work analysis. P-lll, P-115 or equivalent. 

256. Programming Languages. FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and Assembly 
languages. Advanced computer techniques. P- Mathematics 155 or equiva- 
lent. 

112 



Mathematics 



301S. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. Number systems and 
elementary mathematical structures. Not for credit toward the M.A. 
degree in Mathematics. 

302S. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. Euclidean Geometry 
with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries. Not for credit 
toward the M.A. degree in Mathematics. 

311. Advanced Calculus II. Sequences and series, uniform convergence, 
the Stieltjes integral, power series and Fourier series. P-211. 

317. Complex Analysis I. Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its 
consequences, power series and residue calculus. P-211. 

322. Modern Algebra II. A continuation of modern abstract algebra 
through the study of additional properties of groups and fields and a 
thorough treatment of vector spaces. P-221. 

323, 324. Matrix Theory I. II. Basic concepts and theorems concerning 
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. 
P-121. 

332. Non-Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems, and 
models of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry. 

333. General Topology I. An axiomatic development of topological 
spaces. Includes continuity, connectedess, compactness, separation axioms 
and metric spaces. 

345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I. II. Properties of integers, 
congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic 
squares, applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, 
arithmetic theory of continued fractions. 

348. Combinatorial Analysis. Enumeration techniques, including gen- 
erating functions, recurrence formulas, the - principle of inclusion and 
exclusion, and Polya's theorem. P-221. 

351, 352. Applied Analysis. Vector analysis, complex variables, infinite 
series, Fourier integrals, Laplace transforms, partial differential equa- 
tions, calculus of variations. 

355. Numerical Analysis. A computer-oriented study of analytical 
methods in mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-112 and 155W or 
155, 251 recommended. 

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. Probability distributions, math- 
ematical expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of 
hypotheses, regression, correlation and analysis of variance. P-112. 

381. Independent Study. (Y 2 per sem.) Library and conference work. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
411,412. Real Analysis. 
415, 416. Seminar in Analysis. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

113 



Military Science 



418. Complex Analysis II. 

421, 422. Abstract Algebra. 

423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. 

425, 426. Seminar in Algebra. 

433. General Topology II. 

435, 436. Seminar on Topology. 

437, 438. Seminar on Geometry. 

445, 446. Seminar on Number Theory. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

MILITARY SCIENCE 

Colonel Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., Professor 
Major Adams S. Gilmour, Assistant Professor 
Captain Oliver B. Ingram, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Captain Norman R. Jones, Assistant Professor 
Captain Joseph P. Hollis, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Sergeant Major Wilhelm O. Reter, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Charles E. Norton, Assistant 
Staff Sergeant Sidney H. Mixon, Assistant 
Staff Sergeant Paul R. Gibson, Assistant 

111, 112. First Year Basic. (Y 2 per 2 sems.) The role, organization and 
management of national defense; introduction to basic military skills 
and leadership. Academic subject also required.* Lab — l 1 /^ hrs. 

151, 152. Second Year Basic. (Y 2 per 2 sems.) American military his- 
tory; methods of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic 
tactics; leadership application. P-lll, 112. Lab — iy 4 hrs. 

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (Y 2 per sem.) Leadership techniques; 
military teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; ad- 
vanced leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 

152. Lab — 1 1/ 4 hrs. 

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (V2 per sem.) Military operations, 
logistics, administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision 
of Leadership Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* 
P-211, 212. Lab— 11/4 hrs. 



* One academic subject, to be approved in advance by the Professor of Military Science, 
is required for the freshman, junior, and senior years. This subject, either elective or 
required by the University, will be one which furthers the professional qualifications of 
the student as a prospective officer in the United States Army. 

114 



Music 

MUSIC 

Professor T. McDonald 

Associate Professors Huber (Chairman), P. S. Robinson 

Assistant Professor Giles 

Instructor C. W. Smith 

Part Time Instructors L. S. Harris, Felmet 

Artist In Residence Kalter 

The major in Music requires eleven semester courses, one 
winter term in the junior or senior year, one Education seminar 
in Music Literature, and four semesters of ensemble. The major 
will include: 155, 156, 157, 158, 213, 214, 233; a music elective 
from among the following: 217, 225, 227, 228, 230, 237, 238, or 
281; applied music 121-122 (one-half course per year), 123-124 
(one-half course per semester), 221-222 (one-half course per 
semester), 223 or 224 (one-half course per semester), and 
Education 297. 

Students wishing to be certified to teach music in the public 
schools will need the following additional courses: Music 235, 
Education 291 and 295, Brass and Percussion 121a, Woodwinds 
121a, Strings 121a, and Voice 121a, and 4 other courses in Edu- 
cation. All Music Majors are required to pass a keyboard pro- 
ficiency examination prior to the beginning of the second 
semester of the junior year. Students should consult the Chair- 
man of the Department of Music for details regarding keyboard 
proficiency requirements. 

Students specializing in church music will need the following 
additional courses: Education 295, Music 230 and 231. 

Music Majors are required to attend. all faculty and student 
recitals. Presentation of a public recital is also required. 

Highly qualified majors may be considered by the department 
for admission to the honors program in music. A student must 
have earned a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in this department. He may elect one of the 
following to complete the requirement in honors: (1) complete 
a senior research paper; (2) compose a large work for orchestra, 
band, chorus, piano, organ, or voice, and present it in a public 
performance; (3) present a lecture that will include an analysis 

115 



Music 

of the music to be performed on the senior recital, and prepare 
two works independently, one to be performed on the senior 
recital. 

Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals. Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, 
rhythms, abbreviations, smaller forms. Primarily for students not 
majoring in music. 

155. Theory I. Ear training, sight singing, keyboard harmony. Tonal 
relations, primary triads, and inversions. Consonant diatonic harmonies 
of the major and minor modes. Lecture and laboratory sections. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

156. Theory II. Continuation of Theory I. Ear training, sight singing, 
keyboard harmony. Introduction to dissonance, seventh chords and in- 
versions, accessory tones. Lecture and laboratory sections. P-155. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

157. Theory III. Continuation of Theory II. Tonicization, modulation, 
modal alterations. Lecture and laboratory sections. P-156. Lab — 1 hr. 

158. Theory IV. Continuation of Theory III. Chromatic harmony, har- 
monic practices of nineteenth and twentieth century composers. Lecture 
and laboratory sections. P-157. Lab — 1 hr. 

213. Counterpoint. Basic voice-leading in the five species of counterpoint 
involving two to four voices in both strict and free styles. P-158. 

214. Form and Analysis. The harmonic and contrapuntal materials in 
small and large forms, with practical composition in some of the forms. 
P-213. 

217. Introduction to Twelve-Tone Composition. A study of the devices 
of serial composition and their application in creative composition both 
in small and large forms. P-158. 

235. Scoring for Orchestra and Band. A study of Instrumentation and 
scoring for the orchestra and band that includes practical experience in 
scoring. P-158. 

Music Literature 

102. Music Appreciation. Open to all students desiring a fuller under- 
standing of music. 

225. Twentieth Century Music. A survey of the major musical styles, 
genre, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. 

226. Jazz. A history of the half-century of Jazz in America, its trends, 
and influences. 

227. Opera. A study of the major operatic works from Gluck to the 
present. (Offered in alternate years.) 

116 



Music 

228. The Romantic Symphony. A study of the major symphonic com- 
positions from Beethoven and Schubert through Tschaikovsky and 
Mahler. (Offered in alternate years.) 

230. Seminar in Church Music. A survey of the great oratorios, can- 
tatas, anthems, hymns, and organ compositions of the church, with 
emphasis on their proper liturgical setting. 

231. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the 
relationship of his work to the overall church program. 

233. Music History. Survey of the history, literature, and meaning of 
music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and understanding of music. 

237. Bach and Handel. A study of the major musical compositions of the 
two great masters of the late Baroque. (Offered in alternate years.) 

238. Beethoven. An introduction to the music of Beethoven; a study of 
the relationship to his predecessors and contempories and his influence 
on the music of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.) 

281. Honors in Music. Independent study for highly qualified students 
who wish to graduate "with Honors in Music." 

Music Education 

291. Education — Teaching of Music. Teaching and supervision of choral 
and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-158. 

295. Education — Conducting. Principles of choral and instrumental con- 
ducting as they relate to teaching music in the schools. P-158. 

297. Education — Music Literature Seminar. An examination of teaching 
materials from the standard repertory in the student's special area of 
interest. Advanced standing. Three class meetings and one tutorial hour 
per week. Tutorial fee. 

Ensemble 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is 
earned on the basis of one-half course for two semesters of 
participation. 

109, 110. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from 
the classical and contemporary repertory. 

Ill, 112. Choir. Study and performance of sacred and secular choral 
literature. Chapel Choir membership by audition; Touring Choir selected 
from the Chapel Choir. 

113, 114. Band. Wind Ensemble: Study and performance of the standard 
wind ensemble and band repertory in regular campus and public appear- 
ances including an annual tour. Membership by audition. 

Concert Band: For students lacking experience, proficiency, or time to 
participate in the Wind Ensemble. 

117 



Music 

Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and 
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Wind Ensemble 
time. 

115, 116. Accompanying. Study of the elements of accompanying 
through class discussion and studio experience. 

Applied Music 

Applied music courses are open to all college students with the 
consent of the instructor. Credit is earned on the basis of class 
time and weekly preparation: one-half course per year implies 
a half-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of one hour of 
daily practice; one course per year (one-half course per semes- 
ter) implies an hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of 
two hours of daily practice. 

Piano 121a-124a. Class Piano { l / 2 P e r 2 sems.) Scales, chords, inversions, 
appropriate standard literature with emphasis on sight-reading, har- 
monization, simple transposition. Designed for the beginning piano stu- 
dent. Applied music fee. 

Piano 121, 122. Bach, Two-Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, 
No. 1; Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28. No. 17. Applied music fee. 

Piano 123, 124. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10. No. 1; 
Chopin, Etude, Op. 10, No. 9. Applied music fee. 

Piano 221, 222. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata. Op. 
27, No. 1; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118. No. 2. Applied music fee. 

Piano 223, 224. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata. Op. 31, No. 2; 
Copland, Passacaglia. Applied music fee. 

Organ 121, 122. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal 
playing; Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues: hymn playing. Applied 
music fee. 

Organ 123, 124. Pedal scales; smaller preludes and fugues of Bach; 
chorale preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 
Applied music fee. 

Organ 221, 222. More difficult Bach preludes and fugues and chorale 
preludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. Applied music fee. 

Organ 223, 224. Larger preludes and fugues of Bach; trio sonatas; select- 
ed modern composers of all schools: Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. Applied 
music fee. 

Voice 121a. Voice Class. ( x / 2 P er 2 sems.) Fundamentals of singing de- 
signed to develop the full range and resonant quality of the voice. Applied 
music fee. 

Voice 121, 122. Establishment of correct breathing and pronunciation 
habits. Early Italian and English songs. Applied music fee. 

118 



Philosophy- 
Voice 123, 124. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic period and early 
Romantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. Applied music fee. 

Voice 221, 222. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult art songs 
and arias of the Romantic period in original languages. Participation in 
student recitals, oratorio, and music drama. Applied music fee. 

Voice 223, 224. Attention to developing individual style and interpre- 
tation. More difficult songs and arias of all periods in original language. 
Applied music fee. 

Orchestra and Band Instruments 121, 122; 123, 124; 221, 222; 223, 224. 
Studies of progressive difficulty (for Flute, Clarinet, Oboe, Bassoon, Sax- 
ophone, Trumpet, French Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, Tuba, Violin, 
Viola, Cello, Double Bass, or Percussion) covering tone production, scales, 
transpositions, technical studies, solo and ensemble repertory, and band 
and orchestral literature. Applied music fee. 

Brass and Percussion 121a. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (V2 
per sem.) Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion 
instruments. Applied music fee. 

Strings 121a. String Instruments Class. (V2 per sem.) Fundamentals of 
playing and teaching all instruments of the string family. Applied music 
fee. 

Woodwinds 121a. Woodwind Instruments Class. (V2 per sem.) Funda- 
mentals of playing and teaching all principal instruments of the wood- 
wind family. Applied music fee. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Helm 

Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Lewis, Vorsteg 

A major in philosophy requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course. The semester courses must include 161 and 
261, two courses from the history sequence (201, 211, 222), and 
one course from each of the following: A(230, 231, 241, 242), 
B(279, 285, 287), C(294, 295). 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced stu- 
dents in philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endow- 
ment provided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from 
the endowment is used for the seminar library, which now con- 
tains about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library 
and other departmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid 
Philosophy Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of 

119 



Philosophy 

the Department. The furniture in the library and seminar room 
was donated in honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. 
W. A. Hough by their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible 
the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late 
Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the 
Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift 
from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, 
has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy 
Seminar. In addition, a lectureship bearing his name has been 
instituted in honor of Mr. Claude V. Roebuck. 

The Department invites highly qualified majors to apply for 
admission to its honor program. In order to graduate with 
"Honors in Philosophy," the candidate must complete a satis- 
factory senior research paper for Philosophy 299 and pass an 
examination, which may be oral or written or both, on the paper 
and selected subjects; in addition the candidate must attain a 
QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work 
in philosophy. 

151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. An examination of the basic con- 
cepts of several representative philosophers, including their accounts of 
the nature of knowledge, man, God, mind, and matter. 

161. Logic. An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recog- 
nition of fallacies, and logical analysis. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of 
religious and philosophical ideas in the Western World from antiquity 
to modern times. (Either 171 or 172 will satisfy the philosophy or 
religion requirement. Both 171 and 172 will satisfy both the philosophy 
and religion requirements. Choices will be determined at registration.) 

201. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers 
from the Presocratics to the late Medieval Scholastics. P-151 or 171 
or 172. 

211. Modern Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Descartes 
to Nietzsche. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

222. Contemporary Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from 
Russell to Sartre. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

230. Plato. A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's 
most important contributions to ethics, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, 
and theology. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

120 



Physical Education 



231. Aristotle. A study of the major texts, with emphasis on meta- 
physics, ethics, and theory of knowledge. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

241. Kant. A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most 
important contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, 
and religion. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

242. Hegel. An examination of metaphysics, logic, epistemology, ethics, 
and philosophy of history in Hegel's major works. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

261. Ethics. A critical study of selected problems and representative 
works in ethical theory. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

271. Symbolic Logic. Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive 
logic, beginning with the logic of truth functions and quantification theory. 
Attention will be given to advanced topics such as descriptions, classes, 
and number, and to issues in the philosophy of logic. 

279. Philosophy of Science. A systematic exploration of the conceptual 
foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

285. Philosophy of Art. A critical examination of several philosophies 
of art, with emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular 
works of art. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

287. Philosophy of Religion. A systematic analysis of the logical struc- 
ture of religious language and belief, including an examination of re- 
ligious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature 
and existence of God. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

290. Readings in Philosophy. A discussion of several important works 
in philosophy or closely related areas. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

294. Seminar in Epistemological Problems. A senior course requiring a 
major research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

295. Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. A senior course requiring a 
major research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. Senior courses 
treating selected topics in philosophy. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

299. Honors. Directed research for honors paper. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Barrow 

Associate Professor Pollock 

Assistant Professors Case, Casey, Crisp, Ellison, 

Hottinger, Rhea 
Instructors Clougherty, Finch, Vest, Williams 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to 
organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) 

121 



Physical Education 



Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi- 
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special 
corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical 
problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some 
basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological 
principles, and practical health facts which must be observed 
to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra- 
mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate 
and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) 
Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea- 
tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum 
Program which will offer the necessary training for those in- 
terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation 
and Athletic Coaching. 

Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen 
and transfer students who have not complied with this require- 
ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 
111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore 
year but must be completed by the end of that second year 
of attendance in Wake Forest University. Not more than four 
semesters of required or elective physical education may be 
counted toward graduation. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education. (V2 per 2 sems.) A basic course consisting 
of body mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, 
exercise and sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' 
needs and interests will be met through controlled election of activities 
based upon standardized proficiency examination and/or previous ex- 
periences. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). ( l / 2 P er 2 sems.) A course con- 
sisting of remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special 
problems, handicaps or medical excuses. 

Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities 
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any 
two of the courses listed below may be elected for % course 
credit toward graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 
111-112. 



122 



Physical Education 



Hours to be arranged 

159. Beginning Golf 

160. Intermediate Golf 

161. Beginning Tennis 

162. Techniques of Dance Move- 
ment 

163. Contemporary Dance 

164. Gymnastics 

165. Beginning Bowling 

166. Beginning and Inter- 
mediate Swimming 



168. 



169. 



167. Advanced Swimming; 

Beginning Scuba 

Life Saving; Water Safety 

Inst. Course 

Weight Training and 

Conditioning 
170. Handball; Squash Racquets 
172. Water Ballet; Synchronized 

Swimming 
173 Conditioning; Body Mechanics 

174. Intermediate Tennis 

175. Intermediate Bowling 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Physical Education and 
Health and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching cer- 
tificate must be of Junior Standing. Biology 111 and 112 will 
be required and the following 9 courses in Physical Education: 
221, 222, 224, 251, 252, 353, 357, 360, and 363. Course 220 will 
also be required as a part of the winter term. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri- 
teria which have been established by the department, earn a 
QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all courses 
required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis- 
factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive 
written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." 

Physical Education major students who are considering grad- 
uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291 
is to be taken by students completing requirements for a 
teaching certificate. 

211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. A presentation of 
the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of personal 
health and physical fitness. 

220. Methods and Materials in Aquatics, Recreational Sports and 
Gaines. Presentation of knowledge, skill and methods of teaching aquat- 
ics, recreational sports, and games of low organization. 



123 



Physical Education 



221. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. Presentation of 
knowledge, skill and methods of teaching gymnastics, dance, conditioning, 
and weight training. 

222. Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. 
Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and 
officiating team sports. 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. Theory 
and practice in organization and teaching of selected team and individual 
sports included in a comprehensive physical education program. 

251. Principles and Administration of Physical Education. A general 
introductory course and orientation into physical education; a study of 
the organization and administration of its programs. 

252. Anatomy and Physiology. A course to provide students of physical 
education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and 
physiologic function of the human body. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. This course presents the many effects of 
muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitute the 
scientific basis of Physical Education. 

357. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. A study of the 
principles of human motion based on anatomical, physiological and 
mechanical principles, and the application of these principles along 
with other special considerations in developing a program for the 
atypical student. 

360. Seminar in Physical Education. A reading and research seminar 
for majors in physical education. 

363. Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. A course 
presenting personal, family, and community health problems; a study of 
first aid, safety in the schools and treatment of athletic injuries. 

371. Motor Learning and Performance. Motor skill learning and per- 
formance are analyzed on the basic of psychological principles and con- 
cepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics 
of the learner and management of the learning environment. 

372. Motor Behavior in Early Childhood. A study of the psychomotor 
and perceptual motor development and behavior of children. 

381. Research in Physical Education. A study of the nature and purpose 
of research, and the methods and techniques used in its procedures. 
Standards are emphasized with respect to selecting, defining, and anal- 
yzing potential problems and preparing bibliographies and writing up 
research. 

382. Independent Study in Health and Physical Education. Library 
conferences and laboratory research performed on an individual basis. 



124 



Physics 



Courses for Graduate Students* 



451. Philosophical Bases of Physical Education. 

453. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. 

454. Laboratory Techniques in Exercise Physiology. 

456. Advanced Evaluation and Measurement in Health, 
Physical Education, and Recreation. 

458. Administration of Physical Education and Athletics. 

463. Health Seminar. 

470. Curriculum in Health and Physical Education. 

473. Recreation Seminar. 

475. Supervision of Health and Physical Education. 

480. Readings in Physical Education, Health, and Edu- 
cation. 

483. Seminar in Physical Education. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

PHYSICS 

Professors Turner, Brehme, Haven, Shields, 

G. P. Williams, Jr. 
Assistant Professor Kerr 

The program of courses for each student majoring in Physics 
will be determined through consultations with the student's 
major adviser. 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the 
requirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are: 

1. Seven semester courses beyond introductory physics (Phys. 
111-112 or Phys. 117), and one course in the winter term in the 
Department of Physics. 

2. Two courses in the Department of Chemistry, or Chemis- 
try 118. 

3. Mathematics 251 (Differential Equations). 

No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in 
Physics unless he earns a grade of C or better in General Physics 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

125 



Physics 

or is given special permission by the staff. A typical semester 
schedule is as follows: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 111, 112 Physics 161, 162 

Mathematics 111, 112 Mathematics 251 

Language,. (2 courses) * General Requirements (5 courses) 

General Requirement (2 courses) 

Physical Education ( l / 2 course) 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Physics 343, 344 Physics 311, 312 

Physics 345, 346 Electives (6 courses) 

General Requirements (3 courses) 
Electives (2 courses) 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the De- 
partment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, complete satisfac- 
torily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written examina- 
tion. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors 
in Physics." For additional information consult members of the 
Physics staff. 

101, 102. Natural Philosophy. A study of the history, philosophy and 
social impact of the physical sciences. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. An introductory study of the universe, 
from the solar system to the galaxies. 

Ill, 112. General Physics. The basic course, without calculus, for fresh- 
men and sophomores. Lab — 2 hrs. 

117. Principles of Physics. An introductory course for students in 
science and mathematics. Calculus is a corequisite. Credit is not allowed 
for both Physics 111-112 and Physics 117. Lab — 3 hrs. 

161. Introductory Mechanics. The fundamental principles of mechanics. 
P-lll or 117, and Mathematics 111; or equivalent: Lab — 3 hrs. 

162. Introductory Electricity. The fundamental principles of electricity, 
magnetism and electromagnetic radiation. P-161, or equivalent. Lab — 
3 hrs. 

230. Electronics. Introduction to the theory and application of transis- 
tors and electronic circuits. P-162, or equivalent. Lab — 3 hrs. 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics. A course designed for science 
teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the department 
of Physics. Lab — 2 hrs. 



French, German or Russian is preferred. 

126 



Politics 

311. Mechanics. A senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanics. 
P-161, Mathematics 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. A senior level treatment of classical 
electromagnetic theory. P-162, Mathematics 251. 

343, 344. Modern Physics. Application of the elementary principles of 
quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (V2 per sem.) The laboratory 
associated with Physics 343, 344. Lab — 3 hrs. 

351. Theormodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Introduction to classi- 
cal and statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. A study of physical optics and the 
quantum treatment of spectra. 

381. Research. Library, conference and laboratory work performed on 
an individual basis. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics. 

413. Electromagnetism. 
441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. 

452. Solid State Physics. 

455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. 

456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. 
461. Nuclear Physics. 

470. Statistical Mechanics. 

480. Theory of Relativity. 

485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

POLITICS 

Professor Richards 

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 

Visiting Professor Rankin 

Associate Professors Fleer (Chairman), Moses, Rein- 

hardt, schoonmaker, steintrager 
Assistant Professors Broyles, Sears, Thornton 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is 
to understand the way in which policy for a society is formu- 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

127 



Politics 

lated and executed, and to understand the moral standards by 
which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is 
often described alternatively as the study of power, of govern- 
ment, of the state, or of human relations in their political con- 
text. For teaching purposes, the study of politics has been di- 
vided by the Department into the following fields: 1) political 
philosophy, 2) comparative politics, 3) American politics, and 
4) international politics. Introductory courses in the first three 
of these fields provide broad and flexible approaches to studying 
political life. 

Department Requirements for Major. The major in politics 
shall consist of eight semester courses and one winter term 
course which must include the following: 

a. A first course selected from: 

Politics 111. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory 
Politics 112. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics 
Politics 113. Introduction to Politics: American Politics 

b. Any one introductory or advanced course in each of the four 
fields of the discipline. These courses must be restricted to 
non-seminar courses. 

c. One seminar in politics. Normally, a student will take no 
more than one seminar in each field and no more than three 
seminars overall. 

Honors in Politics. Highly qualified Politics majors are con- 
sidered by the Department for admission to the honors pro- 
gram in politics. They must meet certain preliminary require- 
ments, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 in all college work and 
3.3 on all work in Politics, successfully complete Politics 283, 
284 and two seminar courses, and pass a comprehensive exam- 
ination on a research project and selected bibliography recom- 
mended by the Department. 

Social Science Division Requirement. A student who selects 
Politics to fulfill the social science division requirement must 
take one of the following for the first course: Politics 111, 112, 
or 113. The second course may be selected from any course in 
the Department. 

128 



Politics 

Introductory Courses 

A student must take one of the following as the first course 
in the Department. More than one may be taken. The order in 
which they are taken is immaterial. 

111. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. Major systematic state- 
ments of the rules and principles of political life. Representative writers: 
Tocqueville, Dahl, Aristotle. Staff 

112. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. Political processes 
and principles as applied to traditional, developing and mature states. 

Staff 

113. Introduction to Politics: American Politics. The nature of politics, 
political principles, and political institutions with emphasis on their 
application to the United States. Staff 

American Politics 

210. Issues in American Public Policy. Analysis of major domestic and 
foreign policy problems in American politics. Staff 

211. Political Parties. A systematic examination of political parties with 
particular attention given to party systems, internal organizations, the 
electoral function, and responsibilities for governing. Fleer 

212. Political Behavior. A study of the formation and expression of 
political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, 
representative system. Fleer 

213. Public Management. Public administration as a study, a process, 
and a vocation. Theory and practice. Problems in personnel, budgeting, 
and management emphasized. THORNTON 

214. Bureaucratic Government. Public administration and policy. Role 
of civil and military bureaucracy in public policy-making emphasized. 
Pervasiveness of bureaucratic power supported by comparative studies. 

Thornton 

218. Legislative Behavior. A systematic examination of the composition, 
authority structures, external influences and procedures of legislative 
bodies in the United States. Fleer 

220. American Presidency. Emphasis on the office and the role. Contri- 
butions by contemporary presidents considered in perspective. Thornton 

222. Urban Problems and Politics. Political structures and processes in 
American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, economic, and 
political problems of the metropolis. Richards 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the 
Federal System. An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the 
three branches of the national government and federal-state relations. 

Richards 

129 



Politics 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. Judicial interpreta- 
tions of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of 
the criminally accused. Richards 

227. The Judicial Process. An analysis of the role of courts and the 
legal systems in the American political process. RICHARDS 



Comparative Politics 

231. Western European Politics. Analysis of the political systems of 
Great Britain, France, and Germany focusing primarily on the problem 
of stable democracy. Schoonmaker 

232. Comparative Communism: Eastern Europe. Ideological, structural 
and procedural aspects of the political systems of the Soviet Union and 
other Eastern European communist states. MOSES 

234. Asian Thought and Politics. Political traditions and recent politics 
of major Asian nations. Reinhardt 

236. Latin American Politics. Structural and procedural aspects of the 
Latin American political systems, focusing particularly on problems of 
development. Moses 

237. Political Modernization. The modernization process in nonindus- 
trialized societies. Statements by modernizing elites analyzed. 

Schoonmaker 

238. History, Culture and Political Change. The study of how major 
cultures articulate or symbolize their existence either in history or moving 
through history. Special attention will be given to an evaluation of cur- 
rent concepts applied to political change. Reinhardt 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. A study of the governments 
of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organiza- 
tions, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. Gokhale 



International Politics 

251. Fundamentals of International Politics. Fundamental theoretical 
questions of international politics with special emphasis on existing 
international patterns. Sears 

252. Current Problems in International Politics. An intensive study of 
one or more major problems of contemporary international politics. 

Sears 

254. American Foreign Policy. The principles and policies which 
characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary period. 

Sears 

130 



Politics 

Political Philosophy 

271. Political Life and the Natural Order. Inquiry into the origins, 
basic characteristics, and limitations of political philosophy. Repre- 
sentative writers: Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli. Broyles, Steintrager 

272. Equality and Liberty. The arguments for and against democracy 
and republicanism, majority rule and the rights of man. Representative 
writers: Locke, Rousseau, J. S. Mill. Broyles, Steintrager 

273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. Anarchist, socialist, and 
communist criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies with 
special attention on such problems as utopianism and alienation. Repre- 
sentative writers: Sorel, Marx, Marcuse. Broyles, Steintrager 

274. Political Philosophy. Revelation, and History. The nature and im- 
pact of general theories of history, both theological and secular, as they 
intersect with and affect political philosophy. Representative writers: 
St. Augustine, Hegel, Voegelin. Steintrager 

275. Theory of the American Polity. Critical examination into the intent 
of the Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative 
writers: The Federalists, Jefferson, Lincoln. Broyles 



Honors and Independent Study 

283, 284. Honors Reading and Research. (V2 per sem.) A conference 
course devoted to a specified reading program in the first semester and 
a research and writing project in the second semester. Graded "Pass- 
Fail". To be taken in the senior year by all candidates for departmental 
honors. Staff 

287. Independent Study. Internships, work-study projects, and other 
independent study programs. (See Department for details.) Staff 



Seminars in Politics 

291. Seminar in American Politics. Readings, research, and independent 
study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the 
Department only. Fleer, Richards, Thornton 

292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. MOSES, Reinhardt, Schoonmaker 

293. Seminar in Comparative Politics. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Sears 

294. Seminar in Political Philosophy. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Broyles, Steintrager 

131 



Psychology 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Professors John E. Williams, Beck*, Dufort 
Associate Professors Catron! , David A. Hills, 

Horowitz, Woodmansee 
Assistant Professors Bullard, Falkenberg, Richman 
Instructors Harbin, Homer, David M. Phillips, Frank 

B. Wood 
Lecturer Barbara B. Hills 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of 
C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is 
elected. A major in Psychology requires 8 semester courses and 
one winter term course in Psychology. The major student is 
required to take Psychology 151, 211, 212, 323; and one of the 
following courses — 321, 331, 332, 336, 338. In addition, a 
major student may be required to take a half course or course 
in mathematics in addition to the mathematics being taken 
for the B.A. degree. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to enter the departmental 
honors program in the junior year. Successful completion of the 
program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires 
that the candidate earn a minimum QPR of 3.3 on all work in 
Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satis- 
factorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 
282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or oral 
examination. 

151. Introductory Psychology. A systematic survey of Psychology as the 
scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in Psy- 
chology. 

211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. Introduction to basic 
experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major content 
areas of psychology. Lab — 4 hrs. P-151. 

241. Psychology of Adjustment. Normal range of adjustment and per- 
sonality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151. 

266. Developmental Psychology. Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, 
and social development of the child from varied points of view. P-151. 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry. Psychological principles and 
methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and 
industry. P-151. 

* Absent on leave, Fall 1971. 
t Absent on leave, 1971-72. 

132 



Psychology 

281, 282. Original Problems. (y 2 per sem.) Non-statistical characteristics 
of properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience. 

283. Directed Study { l / 2 or 1.) Student research performed under 
faculty supervision. P-151, instructor's consent. 

281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone 
requires special permission. P-211, 212, instructor's consent. 

284. Honors Seminar. Seminar on selected problems in psychology; in- 
tended primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-211, 
instructor's consent. 

321. Learning Theory and Research. Theoretical and experimental 
issues in the psychology of learning; no attempt is made to cover applica- 
tions to practical (e.g., educational) situations. P-151. 

323. History and Systems. The development of psychology from Aris- 
totle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, behavior- 
ism, Gestalt. P-151. 

324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. Seminar treatment of current 
problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Motivation. 
Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212, instructor's 
consent. 

331. Comparative Psychology. Behavioral differences in animals at 
various levels of the phylogenetic scale. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

332. Physiological Psychology. Physiological bases of behavior, with 
special reference to the nervous system. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. Survey of theory and 
evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151. 

338. Motivation of Behavior. Survey of basic motivational concepts and 
related evidence. P-151. 

344. Abnormal Psychology. Descriptive analysis of the major types of 
abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural 
causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151. 

352. Psychological Appraisal. Psychological tests reviewed in theory, 
construction, and use. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

356. Personality Theory and Research. Classical and contemporary 
theories of personality and related research studies. P-151. 

358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. An overview of the field of clinical 
psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's consent. 

359. Behavior Modification. The application of learning principles to 
the modification of behavior in a variety of subject populations and 
settings. P-151. 

362. Social Psychology. Research and issues in social psychology, in- 
cluding social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measure- 
ment and change, social learning, and small group behavior. P-151. 

133 



Religion 



Courses for Graduate Students* 



415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. 

427, 428. Behavior Theory. 

434. Biological Psychology. 

451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. 

457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. 

465. Advanced Social Psychology. 

481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. 

483. Reading and Research in Psychology. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

RELIGION 

Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin 

Visiting Professors Black, Tate 

Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Talbertj 

Assistant Professors Collins, Horton 

Instructor R. C. Wood, Jr. 

Visiting Lecturers Henry S. Lewis, Jr., Norris, Rose 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction 
designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor- 
tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature 
and the most important movements in the field of religion. It 
also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, 
as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the 
foundational courses needed for further study. 

One course in Religion is required of all degrees. Any course 
offered by the Department will be accepted to meet the require- 
ment except those numbered 237, 240, 281, 282, 292, 318, 346, 
and 362. 

A Major in Religion requires a minimum of seven semester 
courses and one winter term course. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program 
of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos- 
ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, 
Greek or Latin, and German or French. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 
t Absent on leave, 1971-72. 

134 



Religion 

Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the 
Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on 
all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department 
for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be 
done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the 
designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information 
consult members of the Religion Department. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. A survey of the Old Testa- 
ment designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and 
religion of the ancient Hebrews. 

112. Introduction to the New Testament. A survey of the literature of 
the New Testament in the context of early Christian history. 

153. The Hebrew Prophets. A study of the background, personal char- 
acteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance of 
the Hebrew prophets. 

155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. A study of Jesus' proclamation 
and activity in the light of modern critical research on the gospels. 

157. The Bible Through the Ages. A study of the beginnings, develop- 
ment, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the forma- 
tion of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. 

160. Early Rabbinic Judaism. An introduction to the literature and 
thought of the early Rabbis. 

161. Intertestamental Judaism. A survey of the literary, historical and 
religious developments in intertestamental Judaism. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of 
religion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern 
times. This course may count as Religion or Philosophy, but not both; 
choice determined at registration. 

176. Theology and Modern Literature. A study of modern literary 
artists whose themes are primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien. 

201. Phenomenology of Religion. A study of selected religious phenom- 
ena and of their meaning and function within human existence. 

226. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. An introduction to the Pauline 
interpretation of Christianity and its place in the life of the early church. 

227. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. An examina- 
tion of the Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith. 

231. Basic Christian Ethics. The biblical and theological foundations of 
the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems. 

236. Church and Community. An examination of the basic needs and 
trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and subur- 
ban, in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community". 

135 



Religion 

237. Black Religion and Black Churches in America. Survey of litera- 
ture on these themes with an examination of the historical background 
and special attention to the contemporary area. 

238. Religion and Science. An analysis of the relationship between 
science and religion in world culture. 

240. Principles of Religious Education. A study of the theory and 
practice of religious education with emphasis on the basic foundations in 
religion and education. 

256. American Religious Life. A study of the history, organization, 
worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular atten- 
tion to cultural factors. 

261. World Religions. The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, 
and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from 
the historical point of view. 

264. History of Christianity. A rapid survey of the history of the 
Christian Church. 

271. An introduction to Christian Theology. A study of the ground, 
structure and content of Christian belief. 

276. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. A comparative 
analysis of the source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, 
Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare. 

281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. A conference course designed to 
prepare the Honors student for a comprehensive exam or research pro- 
ject. Both semesters must be completed. 

292. Teaching of Religion. A study of the teaching of religion in church, 
school and community. This course may be credited as Education for 
those who are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious 
education. 

314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. A survey of the contributions 
of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 

315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. A study of types 
of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between 
literary forms and meaning. 

316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. A study of Hebrew Poetry 
— its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance 
in the faith of ancient Israel. 

317. The Ancient Near East. A comparative study of ancient Near 
Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation- 
ships with surrounding peoples. 

318. Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. Travel and study 
in such countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and 
Israel. 

321. The Quest for the Historical Jesus. An investigation of the possi- 
bility and relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a con- 
sideration of the seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century. 

136 



Religion 

322. The Epistle to the Hebrews. Reading and discussion of Hebrews 
in the light of first century Judaism and Christianity. 

327. Major Epistles of Paul. Introduction to the Pauline Epistles, with 
an exegetical study of the Epistle to the Romans. No student will be 
allowed credit for Both 327 and 226. 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. A study of the en- 
counter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit in 
certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex. 

344. Religious Development of the Individual. A study of growth and 
development through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with em- 
phasis on the role of the home and the church in religious education. 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. A study of theo- 
logical methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of education 
in terms of their implications for religious education. 

350. Psychology of Religion. An examination of the psychological ele- 
ments in the origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

360. Hinduisjn. A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu 
tradition. 

361. Buddhism. A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental 
features, and its impact on the cultures of Asia. 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism. The rise and development of post-Biblical 
(Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times. 

365. History of Religions in America. A study of American religions 
from Colonial times until the present. 

373. The History of Christian Thought. A study of the history of 
Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds 
and tracing its rise and development to modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. An examination of the major 
issues and personalities in modern theology. 

376. The Religious Crisis in 19th Century Europe and Russia. An 
investigation of the revolution in 19th century religious thought. 

Hebrew 

111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. A course for beginners in the classical 
Hebrew of the Bible with emphasis on the basic principles of Hebrew 
grammar and the reading of Biblical texts. Both semesters must be 
completed. 

153. Intermediate Hebrew. Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and 
syntax based upon the readings of selected texts. Readings will em- 
phasize post-Biblical Hebrew. P-lll, 112, or equivalent. 

211. Hebrew Literature. The reading and discussion of significant Bibli- 
cal Hebrew texts. P-153. 

137 



French 

Courses for Graduate Students" 

416. Old Testament Theology. 

418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. 

421. New Testament Theology. 

423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. 

438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. 

448. Seminar in Religious Education. 

461. Seminar in Eastern Religion. 

466. Seminar in Christian History. 

475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. 

480. Theology and the Aesthetic. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES 

A major in French or Spanish requires 8 semester courses and 
one winter term course beyond the elementary courses (111, 
112). Courses numbered 221, 222 or 223, 225, 226 are recom- 
mended for majors. 

Highly qualified French or Spanish majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in Ro- 
mance Languages. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Romance Languages," they must meet certain pre- 
liminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Romance Language courses, 
complete French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive writ- 
ten and oral examination. The oral examination may be con- 
ducted, at least in part, in the student's major language. 

I 

French 

Professors Mary F. Robinson, Parker, Shoemaker 

Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

Lecturer Rodtwitt 

Visiting Lecturer Derrien 

Instructors Bourquin, Freeman, McNeill 

111, 112. Elementary French. A course for beginners, covering the prin- 
ciples of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing and 
the reading of elementary texts. Lab — 1 hr. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

138 



French 

153. Intermediate French. A review of grammar and composition with 
practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to students 
who have completed 152 or equivalent. Lab. — 2 hrs. P-lll, 112. 

215. Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in 
French, largely from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Parallel 
reading and reports. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

216. Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in 
French, largely before the 19th century. Parallel reading and reports. 
(Not accepted for credit toward a major in French.) P-215 or its equiv- 
alent. 

221. Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing 
French, stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronuncia- 
tion, fluency and vocabulary of everyday situation. Lab — 2 hrs. P- 
152 or 153 or equivalent. 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar. A systematic review of the 
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training 
in writing idiomatic French. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

224. French Civilization. An introduction to French culture and its his- 
torical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and 
economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

225. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the 
Eighteenth Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and move- 
ments. P-215. 

226. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Centuries. Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215. 

231. Medieval French Literature. A survey of French literature of the 
Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master- 
pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-215. 

232. Seminar in Medieval French Literature. Study of selected topics 
of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. The literature and thought 
of the Renaissance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of 
Rabelais, Montaigne, and the major poets of the age. P-215. 

234. Seminar in Sixteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

241. Seventeenth Century French Literature. A study of the outstanding 
writers of the classical age. P-215. 

242. Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. Study of 
selected topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. A survey of French philo- 
sophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on 
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L' Encyclopedia. P-215. 

252. Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. Study of selec- 
ted topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

139 



French 

261. Nineteenth Century French Literature. A study of French litera- 
ture of the nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. 
P-215. 

262. Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. Study of se- 
lected topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

263. Trends in French Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic 
genre, with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215. 

264. The French Novel. A broad survey of French prose fiction, with 
critical study of several masterpieces in the field. P-215. 

265. French Drama. A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, 
with reading and discussion of representative plays. P-215. 

271. Twentieth Century French Literature. A study of general trends 
and of representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists 
and poets. P-215. 

272. Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

281. Reading and Research. Extensive reading in French literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

Wake Forest University Semester in France 

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester 
in France program at Dijon, the site of a well established 
French university. Students go as a group, accompanied by a 
Wake Forest professor. 

Requirements: No particular major is required for eligibility. 
However, a student (1) should be of junior standing and (2) 
should have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its equivalent, 
or at very least one French course beyond the intermediate 
level. 

Instruction and supervision: Students are placed in courses 
according to their level of ability in French, as ascertained by 
a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French 
professors. The resident director supervises residential and 
extracurricular affairs, and has general oversight of independent 
study projects. 

Courses at the Centre International d'Etudes Francaises 

F227. French Grammar and Linguistics. Analysis of grammar and 
composition. Study of phonetics and practice in pronunciation. Use of 
the language laboratory. 

140 



Hindi 



F228. French Civilization. Study of the geography of France along with 
analysis of the political and economic situation in France and observance 
of French social and educational practices. Field trips to points of 
historical and artistic interest. 

F275. French Literature. Lectures and discussion of the novel, theater, 
and poetry of France, largely of the period since 1850. 

F231. History of France. Social and cultural history of France from the 
Middle Ages to the present, (credit in History) 

F290. Philosophy. Study of Descartes and Pascal. Lectures and dis- 
cussion. Term paper on a specific topic, to be evaluated by a professor 
of Philosophy of Wake Forest, (credit in Philosophy) 

Courses at the Universite de Dijon, Faculte des Lettres 
et Sciences Humaines 

F240. Independent study in one of several fields. Scholar's journal and 
research paper. Supervision by the Director of the Semester in France 
and evaluation by the department for which credit is granted. Work may 
be supplemented by lectures on the subject given at the Universite de 
Dijon Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

Students choose four of the above courses. In addition, all 
take the following course. 

WF5. January in France — in September. Residence in a French local- 
ity during September and early October. Observations of French culture, 
home life, education, religious practices, etc. Excursions to points of 
historical and artistic interest. Written record of findings and paper on 
some aspect of French culture, to be evaluated by the Director of the 
Semester in France program. 

II 

Chinese* 
Visiting Lecturer Speer 

111, 112. Elementary Chinese. Emphasis on the development of listening 
and speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing sys- 
tem. Basic sentence patterns are covered. Lab — 1 hr. 

Ill 

Hindi* 
Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. Attention will be given mainly to basic 
Hindi grammar, vocabulary building, simple composition and conversa- 
tion. Lab — 1 hr. 



* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administra- 
tive purposes only. 

141 



Spanish 

153. Intermediate Hindi. Advanced practice in Hindi composition, con- 
versation and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-lll, 112 or 
equivalent. 

211. Hindi Literature. Reading and translation of selected texts in 
prose and poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-153. 

IV 

Russian* 

Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian. The essentials of Russian grammar, con- 
versational drill, and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the 
consent of the instructor. 

153. Intermediate Russian. Training in principles of translation with 
grammar review and conversation practice. P-112 or equivalent. 

215. Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from 
the nineteenth century. P-153 or equivalent. 

216. Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from 
the twentieth century. P-153 or equivalent. 

217. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. A study of the 
foremost writers with reading of representative works. P-153 or equiva- 
lent. 

218. Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. Reading of represen- 
tative works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural back- 
grounds. P-153 or equivalent. 

V. 
Spanish 

Professor King 

Associate Professors Bryant, Campbell 

Instructors Johnson, Porterfield, Whitchurch 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. A course for beginners, covering grammar 
essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elemen- 
tary texts. Lab — 1 hr. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. A review of grammar and composition with 
practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to students 
who have completed 152 or equivalent. Lab — 2 hrs. P-lll, 112. 

215. Major Spanish Writers. Reading of selected texts, largely from the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-152 
or 153 or equivalent. 

* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administra- 
tive purposes only. 

142 



Spanish 

216. Major Spanish American Writers. Reading of selected texts. Par- 
allel reading and reports. (Not accepted for credit toward a major in 
Spanish.) P-215 or equivalent. 

221. Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing 
Spanish, stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pro- 
nunciation, fluency and vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 1 hr. 
P-152 or 153. 

223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. A systematic review of 
the fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical 
training in writing idiomatic Spanish. Lab — 1 hr. P-152 or 153 or 
equivalent. 

224. Hispanic Civilization. An introduction to Hispanic culture and its 
historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, 
and economic life of Spain and Spanish America. P-221 or permission 
of instructor. 

225. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the 
Seventeenth Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and in- 
fluences. P-215. 

226. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the 
Present. Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215. 

227. Survey of Spanish American Literature. Extensive reading and 
study of works from the Colonial through the contemporary periods, 
with emphasis on the late-nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-215. 

228. Seminar in Spanish American Literature. Study of selected writ- 
ings. Authors chosen may vary from year to year. P-215. 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the several 
types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, 
and picaresque novels prior to 1605. P-215. 

235. Seminar in Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the 
development of several types of Spanish prose fiction before the Quixote. 
P-215. 

241. Golden Age Drama. A study of the major dramatic works of Lope 
de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and 
others. P-215. 

242. Seminar in Golden Age Drama. A study of selected dramatic works 
of the period. Selections may change from year to year. P-215. 

243. Cervantes. Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with 
special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-215. 

244. Seminar in Cervantes. A study of special aspects of Cervantes' 
works. Emphasis may vary from year to year. P-215. 

251. Spanish Lyric Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic 
genre, with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215. 
261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. A study of the novels of 
Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibanez and their contem- 
poraries. P-215. 

143 



Spanish 

265. Spanish American Novel. A study of the novel in Spanish America 
from its beginning through the contemporary period. P-215. 

266. Seminar in Spanish American Novel. A study of one or more 
categories of Spanish American novels. Materials may change from year 
to year. P-215. 

272. Modern Spanish Drama. A study of the principal dramatic works 
from the Romantic movement through the contemporary period. P-215. 

273. Modern Spanish Novel. A study of representative Spanish novels 
from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-215. 

274. Seminar in Modern Spanish Novel. A study of one or more cate- 
gories of Spanish novels. Materials may change from year to year. P-215. 

281. Reading and Research. Extensive reading in Spanish literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

Wake Forest University Semester in Spain 

The department of Romance Languages is affiliated with the 
Associated Mid-Florida Colleges in the operation of a study- 
abroad program conducted at the University of Madrid. Courses 
are taught by native Spanish professors attached to the Uni- 
versity's Facultad de Filosofia y Letras, the Spanish equivalent 
of the college of arts and sciences. Students live with Spanish 
families selected by the program's resident director, a professor 
of Spanish from Wake Forest University or from one of the 
other five colleges and universities in the association. The 
resident director also coordinates and supervises the student's 
academic program and has general oversight of his extracur- 
ricular activities. 

Requirements: No particular major is required for eligibility, 
but students must have acquired junior standing, have com- 
pleted two years of college Spanish or the equivalent, and be 
approved by both the major department and the department of 
Romance Languages. 

Course Offerings: Approximately thirty courses are available 
in the fields of Spanish language and literature, art, history, 
philosophy, economics, political science, and sociology. Course 
organization and teaching methods in most cases are similar to 
those in American universities, but all classes are conducted in 
Spanish. 

144 



Social Sciences 



SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 
SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professors Banks, Patrick 

Associate Professors Earle (Chairman), Evans, Gulley, 

Tefft 
Assistant Professors Maultsby, Perricone, Woodall 

A major in Sociology requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course, to include Sociology 151, 371, and five 
other semester courses or seminars, chosen at the discretion of 
the student and his adviser. One of the latter must be a re- 
search course unless this requirement is satisfied otherwise, 
such as in the winter term. 

A major in Anthropology requires eight semester courses and 
one winter term course, to include Anthropology 162, Sociology 
380, five other semester courses and a seminar, chosen at the 
discretion of the student and his adviser. One of the latter 
must be a research course unless this requirement is satisfied 
otherwise, such as in the winter term. 

Only one course credit from Anthropology 381-382 and one 
course credit from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet 
major requirements. Additional courses would be counted with- 
in the limits specified for a single field of study. 

Students who choose Sociology and/or Anthropology to meet 
course requirements may select one of the following combina- 
tions: Sociology 151 and any other Sociology course, but not, 
except under unusual circumstances, Sociology 371 or 380; or 
Anthropology 162 and any 300-level Anthropology course; or 
Sociology 151 and Anthropology 162, or vice versa. 

Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research proj- 
ect and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in 
Sociology and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be 
consulted for additional information. 

145 



Sociology 



Sociology 



151. Principles of Sociology. General introduction to the field: social 
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change and 
other aspects. 

152. Social Problems. Survey of contemporary American social problems. 
Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151. 

248. Marriage and the Family. The social basis of the family, emphasiz- 
ing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

323. Social Organization. An analysis of the organization of contem- 
porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151. 

325. Industrial Sociology. An analysis of the relationship between 
industry and society. P-151. 

331. Urban Social Organizations and Agencies. Lectures and field work 
in community organizations and agencies dealing with social welfare, 
health, poverty, etc. Especially recommended for students interested in 
urban affairs or social work. P-151. 

333. The Community. A survey of materials relating to the community 
as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban setting. 
Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151. 

335. Medical Sociology. Analysis of the social variables associated with 
health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151. 

337. Social Gerontology. Basic social problems and processes of aging. 
Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151. 

339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. The study of public opinion and 
propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151. 

340. Sociology of Child Development. Socialization through adolescence 
in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the signifi- 
cance of social structure. P-151. 

341. Criminology. Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods 
of treatment and prevention. P-151. 

344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. A theoretical approach to 
social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure 
and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. 
P-151. 

358. Population and Society. Techniques used in the study of population 
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-151. 

359. Race and Culture. Racial and ethnic group prejudice and dis- 
crimination and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psycho- 
logical and sociological theories of prejudice. P-151. 

360. Social Stratification. Methods for locating and studying social 
classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class 
relationships. P-151. 

146 



Anthropology 



371. Seminar on Sociological Theory. A review of the major writings 
in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development 
of theory through time. P-151. 

380. Social Statistics. Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey 
research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 
268, or Math. 157. 

384. Social Research. A survey of sociological research techniques. Em- 
phasis on developing actual studies. P-151. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems 
of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology. Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing 
upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene 
to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 

252. Cultural Anthropology. A cross-cultural analysis of human institu- 
tions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162. 

342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. Ethnographic focus on the 
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-162 
or permission of instructor. 

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. Analytic survey of problems 
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture- 
change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

344. Medical Anthropology . The impact of Western medical practices 
and theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contribution to 
the solving of world health problems. P-162. 

345. Human Races. A bio-cultural approach to the study of human 
racial types — past and present. P-162. 

351. Bioanthropology. Introduction to biological (physical) anthropol- 
ogy: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162. 

353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. The ethnology and prehistory of 
Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162. 

354. Primitive Religion. The world-view and values of nonliterate cul- 
tures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

355. Language and Culture. An introduction to the relations between 
language and culture including methods for field research. P-162. 

356. Old World Pre-History. Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: 
field and laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162. 

357. Personality in Culture. A seminar designed to study the psycho- 
dynamics of social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

358. The American Indian. Ethnology and prehistory of the American 
Indian. P-162. 

147 



Anthropology 



359. Prehistory of North America. The development of culture in North 
America as outlined by archaeological research, with an emphasis on 
paleoecology and socio-cultural processes. P-162. 

360. Archaeology of the Southeastern United States. A study of human 
adaptation in the Southeast from the Pleistocene to the present, emphasiz- 
ing the role of ecological factors in determining the formal aspects of 
culture. P-162. 

362. Seminar: Human Ecology and Geography. The relations between 
man and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. 
P-162 or permission of instructor. 

373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. Ethnology and prehistory 
of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

379. Research Methods in Anthropology. Introduction to the principal 
research techniques used in anthropology. P-162. 

381, 382. Archaeological Research. The recovery of anthropological data 
through the use of archaeology, taught in the excavation and interpreta- 
tion of a prehistoric site. P-162. 

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. Training in techni- 
ques for the study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-162. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems 
of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

Sociology 

412. Development of Sociological Theory. 

421. Quantification in Social Research. 

426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. 

431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. 

435. Seminar on Social Change. 

441. Directed Readings and Research. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

Anthropology 
452. Anthropological Theory. 

462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. 
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. 
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

148 



Speech 

485. Directed Reading and Research. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 

Professors Shirley, Burroughs, Welker 
Associate Professors Hayes, Tedford 
Assistant Professor Wolfe 
Instructors Fullerton, Goldstein, Williams 

The major in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts con- 
sists of eight semester courses and one winter term course which 
may be elected at the student's discretion. 

Those students majoring in Speech Education are expected 
to take specific courses which meet the requirements for Teacher 
Certification. Information concerning these courses may be 
obtained from departmental advisers. 

Superior majors meeting specified requirements may be in- 
vited by the Department to participate in its Honors program. 
To fulfill the requirements of Honors, a student must earn a 
QPR of 3.3 on all courses in the department and an overall 
QPR of 3.0, as well as successfully completing Course #281. 

The following three courses apply to each of the three areas 
within the department: 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. A conference 
course involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected 
seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. 

282. Independent Study. Special research and readings in a choice of 
interest to be approved by a faculty adviser. 

283. 284. Debate, Radio -TV -Film, or Theatre Arts Practicum. (V 2 per 
sem.) Individualized projects in the student's choice of debate, radio-TV- 
film, or theatre arts; includes organizational meetings, faculty supervision, 
and faculty evaluation. No student may register for more than V2 Unit of 
Practicum in any semester. Further, no student will be allowed to take 
more than a total of two units credits in practicum, only one unit of 
which may be counted toward a major in Speech Communications and 
Theatre Arts. P/F Only. 

Communication-Public Address 

151. Speech Fundamentals. A study of the nature and fundamentals 
of speech communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of 
short speeches. 

149 



Speech 

152. Public Speaking. The preparation and presentation of short 
speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151. 

153. Interpersonal Communication. The course is divided into three 
parts: communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small 
group interaction. 

161. Voice and Diction. A study of the principles of voice and produc- 
tion with emphasis on phonetics as a basis for correct sound formation. 

162. Voice Production and Articulation. This course will explore normal 
and abnormal articulation and voice. Includes testing procedures to 
determine the problem as well as theory techniques for problem cor- 
rection. 

231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. Fundamentals of reading aloud 
with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

251. Persuasion. A study of the principles and forms of persuasive 
speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in- 
structor. 

252. Argumentation and Debate. A study of the essentials of argumen- 
tation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permis- 
sion of instructor. 

261. Speech Pathology. Anatomy and physiology of the Speech Mech- 
anism. Normal and abnormal development of speech. History, causes 
and diagnostic testing of such problems as delayed speech, stuttering, 
cleft palate and aphasia. 

262. Speech Correction. Study of therapeutic principles for children 
and adults with stuttering, cleft palate, aphasia and delayed speech. 
Psychology of rehabilitation and current research included. P-261. 

263. Audiology. Survey of the field of hearing and hearing disorders. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Debate Practicum. (See previous description.) 

351. Introduction to Semantics. A study of how persons respond to words 
and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper. 

352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. An introduction to 
the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral 
readings. 

353. British Public Address. A historical and critical survey of leading 
British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to the 
present. 

354. American Public Address. The history and criticism of American 
public address from colonial times to the present. 

150 



Theatre Arts 



S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. A pragmatic study of the meth- 
ods of directing high school and college forensics with work in the Wake 
Forest High School Speech Institute, (summer only) 

Radio-Television-Film 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. A Study of the historical, legal, 
economic, and social aspects of broadcasting. 

245. Introduction to Film. Historical introduction to motion pictures 
through the study of various kinds of films and their relationship to 
society. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Radio-TV-Film Practicum. (See previous description.) 

341. Radio-TV -Film Production. Advanced radio-television-film produc- 
tion workshop. P-283, 284. 

342. Seminar in Radio-TV. Extensive readings in and discussions of 
fundamental theory and current issues in radio and TV. P-241. 

346. Film Criticism. A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of 
the work of selected film-makers and film critics. P-245. 

Theatre Arts 

121. Intj-oduction to the Theatre. A survey of all areas of Theatre Art. 
Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Lab — 
3 hrs. 

223. Stagecraft. A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. 
Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro- 
ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 
Lab — 5 hrs. 

226. Theories of Acting. A study of acting theories and fundamental 
acting techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. Lab — 2 hrs. 

227. Theatre Speech. An intensive course in the analysis and correlation 
of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice and 
diction on the stage. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Theatre Arts Practicum. (See previous description.) 

320. Theatrical Scene Design. A study of theories and styles of stage de- 
sign and their application to the complete play. P-121 and 223, or per- 
mission of instructor. 

151 



Interdepartmental Courses 



322. Play Directing. An introduction to the theory and practice of play 
directing. Lab — 2 hrs. P-121 and 226, or permission of instructor. 

S-324. Directing the Drama Program. A study of the function of drama 
in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary level. 
Laboratory work in the High School Speech Institute. Lab — 6 hrs. 

325. Advanced Acting. A concentrated study of the actor's art through 
theory and practice. P-226 or permission of instructor. 

327. Theatre History I. A survey of the development of the theatre 
from its origins to 1870, includes lectures, readings and reports. 

328. Theatre History II. A survey of the development of the modern 
theatre from 1870 to the present day, includes lectures, readings and 
reports. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421. Modern Theatre Production. 

423. Advanced Directing. 

426. Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. 

451. Classical Rhetoric. 

452. Renaissance and Modern Rhetoric. 

453. Seminar in Argumentation and Persuasion. 

454. Seminar in Public Address. 
463. Bases of Speech. 

481, 482. Readings and Research in Speech Communication 

and Theatre. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 

Humanities 

111. In Introduction to Music. Art. and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary 
Approach. A study of the interrelationship of Music, Art, and Theatre, 
designed to foster a deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will 
be expected to attend recommended concerts, art exhibits, plays, and 
other appropriate activities. Staff provided from the departments of 
Music, Art, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. 

213. Studies in European Literature. A study of approximately 12 
works in translation taken from European literature. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. A study of contemporary European and 
Latin American fiction in translation. 

■■■ For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

152 



Asian Studies Program 



215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. A study of approximately 12 
works in translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literature. (Of- 
fered in alternate years) 

216. Romance Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in trans- 
lation taken from Romance literatures. (Offered in alternate years) 

350. What the Arts Have Been Saying Since 1800. An experiment in 
developing interpretive judgment and insight, regarding music, painting, 
and literature as articulations of frontier consciousness of the period, 
held in Reynolda House. 

Social Sciences 

151. Introduction to the Social and Behavioral Sciences. An interde- 
partmentally taught course which examines (a) the common elements 
and differences in method and philosophy of Anthropology, Economics, 
Politics, Psychology and Sociology, and f'v) a series of universally 
important and contemporary issues facing lan such as war, minority 
groups and technology and its effects. This course will be open to 50 
freshman and sophomore students. 

381, 382. Interdisciplinary Study and Research in Developing Areas. 
This course, designed to introduce students to problems facing develop- 
ing areas, includes directed studies, intensive field research, and data 
analysis. 

THE ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

The Asian Studies Program was established in 1960 with 
financial assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- 
tion of Winston-Salem. The program is interdisciplinary in its 
nature and involves the cooperation and resources of several 
departments in the humanities and social sciences. Its objec- 
tives are to broaden the university's traditional curriculum with 
the infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of 
the culture of Asia. The director of the program is Dr. B. G. 
Gokhale. The following courses are available in the Wake 
Forest University curriculum: 

Art 221. Art of India. 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. Some dominant 
themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations. 

Chinese 111, 112. Elementary Chinese. 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. 

History 343. Imperial China. 

History 344. Modern China. 

153 



Venice Program 



History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. 

History 347. India and the West. 

History 348. Themes in Indian Civilization. 

History 349, 350. East Asia. 

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. 

Hindi 153. Intermediate Hindi. 

Hindi 211. Hindi Literature. 

Politics 234. Asian Thought and Politics. 

Politics 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. 

Anthropology 373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. 

Religion 262. Buddhism. 

A description of each of these courses may be found in the 
curriculum of the department concerned. 

The Asian Studies Program also conducts a Semester in India 
Program under which a selected group of students spends three 
months doing academic work at an Indian College and travel 
in India as a part of the total curriculum. A student who wishes 
to use one or more of these courses to meet basic, divisional, or 
major requirements must obtain written approval of each 
course. When possible, this should be done before enrolling in 
the overseas program. Further information on this may be ob- 
tained from the Director of the Asian Studies Program. 

WAKE FOREST-IN- VENICE PROGRAM 

In the academic year 1971-72 the College instituted a Wake 
Forest-in-Venice program that permits approximately twenty 
students each semester to study in Venice. Students are housed 
in a large, comfortable building on the Grand Canal near St. 
Mark's Square, and pursue their course of study under the di- 
rection of a regular member of the Wake Forest Faculty. The 
program offered there varies from time to time and is super- 
vised on a rotating basis by several academic departments. A 
student in the program will have an opportunity to enroll for 
four semester courses and should be able to make normal pro- 
gress toward meeting degree requirements. A student who 
wishes to use one or more of these courses to meet basic, divi- 
sional, or major requirements must obtain written approval for 

154 



Salem College 



each course. When possible, this should be done before enrolling 
in the overseas program. Further information about the program 
may be obtained from the office of the Dean of the College. 

COURSES AT SALEM COLLEGE 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a 
plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and 
not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students 
regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex- 
tended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli- 
cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean 
of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in 
certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. 
Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are 
evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were 
taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan is available in 
the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The 
plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not 
during any summer session. 



155 



THE BABCOCK GRADUATE SCHOOL OF 
MANAGEMENT 

Administration and Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Jack D. Ferner, Acting Dean and Lecturer in Management 
J. Timothy Heames, Associate Dean and Lecturer in Man- 
agement 
Robert W. Shively, Associate Dean and Lecturer in Man- 
agement 
Judson D. DeRamus, Director of the Management Institute 
Jean B. Hopson, Librarian and Member of the Faculty 
H. Russell Johnston, Jr., Director of Admissions and 

Assistant Professor of Management 
Jeanne Owen, Director of the B.B.A. Program and Pro- 
fessor of Business Law 
Robert Schellenberger, Director of Program Evaluation 

and Visiting Professor of Management 
Frank J. Schilagi, Director of Executive Programs and 

Assistant Professor of Management 
Ronald E. Beller, Assistant Professor of Management 
Robert S. Carlson, Professor of Management 
W. Franklin Edwards, Assistant Professor of Management 
Marvin Loper, Assistant Professor of Management 
Peter R. Peacock, Instructor in Management 

General Statement 

Education in business administration and management at 
Wake Forest is now in transition. By action of the Trustees in 
April of 1969, the School of Business Administration is being 
changed to the Graduate School of Management. Both Schools 
have borne the name of the late Charles H. Babcock, a distin- 
guished North Carolina businessman. 

Persons wishing to prepare themselves for careers in business 
and management through studies at the graduate level should 
direct their attention to the programs offered in the Babcock 

* See Administration and Faculty Sections for full Information. 

156 



School of Management 



School. Those interested in these areas as undergraduates 
would enter Wake Forest College and elect a major in the De- 
partment of Business and Accountancy. 

Through the generosity of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 
and Mrs. Nancy Susan Reynolds, the Babcock School occupies 
a completely modern building** honoring the memory of 
Charles H. Babcock. 

Graduate Programs 
Innovative programs of study utilizing those techniques and 
approaches which seem particularly effective for learning have 
been developed by the Babcock School's new graduate faculty. 
These programs lead to either the MBA or Master of Manage- 
ment degree upon the successful completion of two years of 
study. 

Of particular interest to individuals living in the Piedmont 
region is the MBA Executive Program, which offers working 
executives the opportunity to study for the MBA degree one full 
day a week over a two-year period. 

Requests for full information about these programs and ad- 
mission to them should be directed to: 
Director of Admissions 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 
Wake Forest University 
7657 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

Management Institute Programs 
Through its Management Institute, the Babcock School of- 
fers a variety of non-degree programs geared to the specific 
needs of managers in the Southeastern United States. These 
include evening courses, seminars, and specialized courses for 
business firms and professional organizations. 

Inquiries concerning these offerings should be addressed to: 
Director of the Management Institute 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 
Wake Forest University 
7657 Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

** See Page 16 of this Bulletin. 

157 



School of Management 



Undergraduate Program 

Since its establishment in 1948, the School of Business Ad- 
ministration has offered an undergraduate program with courses 
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. 
Undergraduate students wishing to study business or ac- 
countancy who have not already been admitted to the B.B.A. 
program may work in Wake Forest College toward a Bachelor 
of Science degree with a major in either business or accountancy. 
(See page 85 of this Bulletin.) Students who have already been 
admitted to the B.B.A. program may select their courses from 
the following, as well as from those listed in Wake Forest Col- 
lege under the Department of Business and Accountancy and 
the Department of Economics. 

Business Administration 

270. Public Management. This course may count as Business Admin- 
istration or Political Science, but not both. See Politics 213. 

326. Investments. Study of the principles governing the investment 
of personal and institutional funds. P-Acct. 112, Econ. 152. 

331. Management Policy. Explanation of the policies involved in the 
performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, 
and controlling modern business organizations. P-Econ. 151, 152. 

332. Production Management. Study of production control policies, 
procedures, and techniques. Cases, associated reading, and assigned prob- 
lems. P-331. 

333. Personnel Management. Analysis of principles and procedures 
of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force. Selected case studies. 
P-Econ. 151, 152. 

340. Marketing Management. Survey of marketing concepts and be- 
havior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of 
goods and services. 

341. Advanced Marketing Management. Synthesis of the key aspects 
of marketing management and strategy. P-340. 

342. Credits and Collections. Study of the economic and social impli- 
cations of credit. Analysis of the specific types of credit. P-340. 

344. Retailing. An orientation to the managerial study of retailing. 
P-340. 

346. Principles of Transportation. An integrated approach to domes- 
tic transportation. Management of physical distribution. P-340. 

158 



School of Management 



350. Business Communication. Intensive work in the writing of re- 
ports, memoranda, and position papers. Introduction to semantics. P- 
Eng. 112. 

361. Legal Environment of Business. Study of the legal environment 
within which business decisions must be made. 

362. Business Law. Selected topics of law from areas of particular 
interest to businessmen. 

364. Insurance. Study of the principles of risk taking applicable to 
life, property, casualty, and social insurance. 

366. Real Estate. Study of the principles, laws, and practices relat- 
ing to appraisal, ownership, financing, and management of real property. 

368. Business Statistics. (See Economics 203). 

420. Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making 
at the level of the individual business enterprise. 

421. Labor Law. Analysis of the effect of labor legislation upon the 
policies and actions of both management and labor. 

434. Labor Policy. Theories of wage determination, employment, and 
income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective 
bargaining process. P-Econ. 152. 

442. Promotion Management. Study of various sales techniques, with 
emphasis on advertising and personal selling. 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. Study of administra- 
tive decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 
161. 

470. Advanced Management Policy. Synthesis of the economics, market- 
ing, accounting and finance areas of business through use of case analysis 
and related techniques. Permission of the instructor. 



159 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College 
established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced 
that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume 
course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts 
in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, 
Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department 
of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad- 
uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of 
Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree 
programs. In September, 1969, the Department of Speech in- 
troduced work leading to the M.A. degree. A year later the 
Department of Biology began work leading to the Ph.D. degree. 
A doctoral program in the Department of Chemistry will begin 
in 1972. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake 
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies 
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the 
Department of Education began offering programs of study 
leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree. 

Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com- 
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course 
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, 
and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language, 
or, in some disciplines, substitute a demonstration of compe- 
tency in a special skill such as computer programming or statis- 
tics. The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education 
degree are essentially the same except that prospective princi- 
pals and counselors may write an internship report instead of 
a thesis. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar- 
ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1972 and a 
total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships 
for the academic year 1972-1973. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for 
admission form, and an application for grant form may be 
obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323, 
Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109. 

160 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Pasco M. Bowman II, Dean and Professor of Law 

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Assistant Dean and Associate 

Professor of Law 
Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 
Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 
Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 
Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 
James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 
George K. Walker, Assistant Professor of Law 
Carroll W. Weathers, Dean Emeritus and Professor of 

Law 
James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 
Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The School of Law was established as a department of Wake 
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. 
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from 
active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school 
has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty 
of ten full-time teachers. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered 
in the School of Law, and the method of instruction employed 
are designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in 
the broad field of legal education and to equip students to prac- 
tice in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system 
prevails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, 
the requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary educa- 
tion in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural 
background against which legal principles and problems can be 
understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in 

* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

161 



Law 

their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the 
theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law 
and their statutory modification. 

The School of Law has as its objective, not only to train a stu- 
dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his 
reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions 
logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro- 
found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the 
duty of the lawyer to society. 

The School of Law is fully approved by all national and state 
accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by 
the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners 
and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the 
University of the State of New York. 

The School of Law has its separate building, modern in all 
respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth 
and future development of the School and the expansion of its 
program in the field of legal education. The law building, which 
is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive 
and useful features including air-conditioning. 

The Law Library contains approximately 44,000 volumes, 
carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure 
the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the School 
of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied 
by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer- 
sity. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work pre- 
scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See 
pages 71-72 for details.) 

The School of Law does not admit applicants without an 
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College 
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of 
acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College. 

162 



Law 



The academic requirements set forth above are minimum 
requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not 
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The School of Law 
requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher 
than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic 
average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses 
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission 
is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter 
referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished 
this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis- 
sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and 
as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been 
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. 
The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as 
many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program 
of study: English Composition, History of the United States, 
History of England, European History, Constitutional History, 
Government of the United States, State and Local Government, 
Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature, 
Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, 
Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made 
in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. 
The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or 
university that he has attended to send a complete transcript 
of his record directly to the Dean of the School of Law. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at 
the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it 
has been the policy of the School of Law to admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such 
students by continuing without interruption to complete the 
three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five 
regular semesters and two summer sessions. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American Law 
Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may 
in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand- 

163 



Law 



ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis- 
sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The 
last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted 
must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 

Admission Test 

The School of Law requires all applicants for admission to 
take the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by 
Educational Testing Service. The applicant's score on the Test 
will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli- 
cation for admission to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 
for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin 
of Information regarding the Test. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The School of Law has a number of scholarships available for 
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional 
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are 
available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis 
of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without 
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may 
be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications 
for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school 
year commencing the following September. 

The University has available loan funds for the benefit of 
students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily 
completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited 
employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors 
but usually after the completion of their first year. 

Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the 
student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission 
to the School of Law as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends 

164 



Law 

the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the 
School of Law, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester 
hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains 
a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, 
the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the 
curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used 
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute 
for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session 
for advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, 
general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes 
and awards, and the complete course of study are contained 
in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for 
this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the School 
of Law, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, 
Wake Forest University, P. 0. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 



165 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administration Officers* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs 

Richard Janeway, Dean 

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Private Patient 
Services) 

C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean (Research Develop- 
ment) 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr., Assistant Dean (Admissions) 

Emery C. Miller, Jr., Associate Dean (Continuing Edu- 
cation) 

C. Douglas Maynard, Associate Dean (Student Affairs) 

Warren H. Kennedy, Associate Dean (Administration) 
and Director, Division of Resource Management 

Michael D. Sprinkle, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 
1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 
and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it 
was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in 
association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was 
renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan- 
sion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 477 general hospital beds, 
an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, 
and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient 
visits a year. 

* See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the 

special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 

request to The Office of Admissions, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

166 



Medicine 

The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a 
single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic 
medical science teaching programs. 

A multi-million dollar expansion program, initiated in 1963, 
will virtually double the size of the medical center. The first 
phase of the construction was accomplished in 1969 with the 
completion of four buildings — the Hanes Building, a major ad- 
dition to the medical school; the Charles H. Babcock Auditori- 
um, a 400-seat facility equipped with modern audiovisual sys- 
tems; a 55,500-square-foot Allied Health Programs Building; 
and a new power plant. 

These facilities have permitted a significant increase in the 
enrollment of students and an expansion of educational and 
research programs. They also have enabled the medical school 
to adopt a new curriculum, designed to better prepare today's 
students for the practice of tomorrow's medicine. 

Presently under construction is a 16-story hospital and 
clinics building, scheduled for completion in 1973. An ambula- 
tory care center building also is planned. These buildings will 
increase the number of teaching beds to 695 and will provide 
additional clinical and educational facilities. 

Requirements For Admission 

The requirements for admission to the medical school are 
based on the premise that the program of training a physician 
is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college 
and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate 
training program is thus not only to provide the prospective 
student with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school 
but also to help him develop a broad background of experience 
and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve 
a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a 
member of society. 

The majority of applicants complete four years of under- 
graduate work. However; applicants who have demonstrated 
exceptional ability and have completed 90 semester hours will 
be considered. 

167 



Medicine 

In order for the student entering medical school to be pre- 
pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic 
scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained 
in the following undergraduate courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 

2 semesters of general chemistry 

2 semesters of organic chemistry 

2 semesters of general physics 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific 
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of 
other less specific educational requirements. 

In addition to the material listed above, the student should 
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his 
social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train- 
ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, 
Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and 
Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely 
in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 

Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, 
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No 
student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic 
difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously 
attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not 
encouraged to apply. 

Graduate Studies 

Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy de- 
gree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, 
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental 
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree 
is offered in Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology and 
Physiology. A program leading to the Master of Science degree 
is offered in the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for 
students who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science 

168 



Medicine 

degree in Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students in- 
cluding medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. 
or D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in 
any department or section of the medical school with the 
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

Detailed information concerning the graduate program can 
be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27103. 

Further Information 

For detailed information concerning enrollment in The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced 
standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis- 
sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 



169 



THE 1972 SUMMER SESSION 

Eight- Week Term — June 12-August 5 

Two Four Week Terms — June 12-July 8, July 10-August 5 

The Summer Session of 1972 will provide a variety of terms to 
accommodate the needs and purposes of students who attend in 
summer. Students may enroll for one course in each four-week 
term, or for one or two courses in the eight-week term. Graduate 
students, and superior undergraduates, may enroll for a total 
of three courses by taking one course in each of the four-week 
terms and concurrently one course in the eight-week term. 

All courses in the four-week terms will meet during the morn- 
ing hours, for two fifty-minute periods. Courses in the eight- 
week term will meet in the late morning or early afternoon for 
a single fifty-minute period. Science courses, including labora- 
tories will meet from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Intermediate lan- 
guage courses will meet for double periods, a two hour session 
in the morning and another two hour session in the afternoon. 
All classes will meet daily, Monday through Friday. 

The courses offered are designed to meet the needs of regular 
Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students 
from other colleges, and public school teachers seeking renewal 
of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Business and 
Accountancy, Chemistry, Classics, Economics, Education, Eng- 
lish, French, History, Mathematics, Philosophy, Politics, Psy- 
chology, Physics, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Span- 
ish, and Speech. The Department of Education will offer a 
course in Directed Teaching for college graduates interested 
in qualifying for a class A teaching certificate. 

Graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will be 
offered in the departments of English, History, Psychology, 
Sociology and Anthropology, and Speech. Opportunities for re- 
search toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate 
courses, will be provided in the departments of Biology, Chem- 
istry, Mathematics, and Physics. 

170 



Summer Session 



A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be 
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program 
in summer sessions. 

A Summer Session Bulletin containing full information will 
be published in February and may be obtained by writing the 
Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Box 
7293, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109. 



171 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1972 

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem 

Joseph Branch Raleigh James Estes Cross, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr.. Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte 

William W. Staton, Sanford 

Terms Expire December 31, 1973 

A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia C. Maurice Hill, Drexel 

Henry L. Bridges. Raleigh Mrs. George C. Mackie, Wake Forest 

Robert R. Forney, Shelby W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville 

Addison Hewlett, Wilmington Mrs. Clifton Parker, Woodland 

Jerome Otis Williams, Concord 

Terms Expire December 31, 1974 

Richard Avery, Morganton J. Samuel Holbrook, Statesville 

James T. Broyhill, Lenoir R. W. Kicklighter, Elizabeth City 

John M. Cheek. Jr.. Durham James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

Roy B. Culler, Jr., High Point George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh 

Leon L. Rice, Jr.. Winston-Salem 

Terms Expire December 31, 1975 

James C. Cammack, Fayetteville C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte 

Charles W. Cheek, Greensboro Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin 

Philip Godwin, Gatesville J. Robert Philpott, Lexington 

John C. Hamrick, Shelby Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem 

James B. Turner, Jr., Raleigh 

Honorary Trustees 

Irving E. Carlyle, Winston-Salem* Ij:x Marsh, Charlotte 

William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem** Hubert Olive, Lexington 

Basil M. Watkins, Durham 

Officers 
For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1972 

George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh, Chairman 

J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem, Vice Chairman 

Talcott W. Brewer, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus* 

Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston- Salem, Secretary 

JOHN G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant 

Secretary 
Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 



* Died, June 5, 1971. 
s * Died, April 26. 1971. 
t Died, July 2, 1970. 



172 



^ADMINISTRATION 



James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. 

MRS. Elizabeth S. Drake (1950) Secretary of the University 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs 

and Professor of Medicine 

A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. 

Eugene T. Lucas (1967) Vice President for Business and Finance 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE COLLEGE 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Associate Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean of the College 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF LAW 

PASCO M. Bowman, II (1970) Dean of the School of Law 

and Professor of Law 

B.A., Bridgewater; J.D., New York University. 

Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant Dean of the School of Law 

and Associate Professor of Law 
B.A., J.D., Wake Forest. 

OFFICES OF THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine and Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

and Professor of Preventive Medicine 

and Medical Genetics 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Private Patient Services) of the 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

B.A., Richmond. 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Associate Dean of the Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine, Associate Professor of Radiology 

and Associate in Neurology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

* Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates 
separate appointments. 

173 



Administration 



Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education, 
Professor of Medicine, and Associate in Physiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr. (1970) Assistant Dean (Admissions) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
and Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Resource Management 

B.B.A., Houston. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK 
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Jack D. Ferner (1971) Acting Dean of the Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business Administration 
and Lecturer in Management 

B.S., Rochester; M.B.A., Harvard 

Robert W. Shively (1970) Associate Dean of the Babcock 

Graduate School of Management and 
Lecturer in Management 

B.A., Colgate; Ed.M., Harvard; Ph.D., Cornell. 

JON Timothy Heames (1971) Associate Dean and Lecturer in 

Management 

B.E., Youngstown; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration, 
and Professor of Business Law 
B.S., U.N.C.-Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill. 

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Director of Executive Programs and 

Assistant Professor of Management 

B.B.A. , M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School and 

Professor of History 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SUMMER SESSION 
Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and 

Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 

OFFICE OF THE TREASURER 

JOHN G. WlLLIARD (1958) Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 

of the Board of Trustees 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Carlos O. Holder (1969) Assistant to the Treasurer 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 

Grady S. Patterson (1924) Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Associate Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina. 

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 

William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions and 

Financial Aid 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

174 



Administration 



MRS. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina. 

William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) Associate Director of Admissions 

and Financial Aid 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) Assistant Director of Admissions 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate 

Professor of History 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Librarian of the Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business Administration 

B.S., Murray State University; M.A., George Peabody. 

OFFICE OF THE CHAPLAIN 

Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., 
Union Theological Seminary. 

Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and 

Director of the Baptist Student Union 

B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

CENTER FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES 

David Allen Hills (1960) Director of the Center for Psychological 

Services and Associate Professor of Psychology 

A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

* David W. Catron (1963) Associate Director of the Center for 

Psychological Services and Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

Peter D. Bullard (1971) Assistant Director of the Center for 

Psychological Services and 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Hobart; Ph.D., Washington. 

Mrs. Judith L. Homer (1969) Counselor in the Center for 

Psychological Services and 
Instructor in Psychology 

B.S.N. , Michigan; M.A., Wake Forest. 

UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE 
Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Assistant Medical Director and 

Assistant in Preventive Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. 

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and 

Director of Communications 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



* Absent on leave, 1971-72. 

175 



Administration 



OFFICES OF DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS 

James P. Speer II Assistant to the President and 

Visiting Professor of International Relations 

B.A., George Washington; Ph.D., Colorado. 

George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

T. Sloane Guy, Jr. (1970) Director of Deferred Gifts Program 

B.A., L.H.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale. 

Mrs. Linda Carter Lee (1970) Editor of University Magazine 

and Assistant in Communications 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Director of Development 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF ATHLETICS 

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate 

Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Associate Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Bobby J. Batson (1970) Sports Information Director 

THE PHYSICAL PLANT 

Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings 

Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences 

Robert B. Scales (1956) Assistant Director of Residences 

Robert Edwin Marshall (1969) Supervisor of Special Services 

OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIALS 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Director of the Office for Research 

and Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Duke: Ph.D., Brown. 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Director of the Winter Term and 

Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Secretary of the College Faculty 

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and 

Professor of Biologv 
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Director of the Educational Media Center 

and Professor of Education 
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

176 



Administration 



Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Director of Counselor Education and 

Associate Professor of Educational 
and Counseling Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Director of Undergraduate Teacher 

Education and Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Julius H. Corpening (1969) Executive Director of Academic 

Urban Affairs Consortium 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement 

A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefierson. 

Robert M. Allen (1966) Director of Printing Services 

B.A., Vanderbilt. 

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 



177 



^PROFESSORS EMERITI 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928-1971) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

Charles S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

'Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for 

Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 

Elton C. Cocke (1938-1971) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

Cronje B. Earp (1940-1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

and Literature 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
D.D., Georgetown College. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. 

Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D.. Chicago. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929-1971) Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) Professor Emeritus of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Professor Emeritus 

of Mathematics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Karl Myron Scott (1955-1971) Professor Emeritus of Management, 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis- 
ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, 
Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 



Dates following names indicate period of service. 
Died, November 7, 1971. 



178 



INSTRUCTION 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of 

Concerts and Lectures 

(See Administration) 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

A.B., A.M., University of Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

John Louis Andronica (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Classical Languages 

B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover 
Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Philip D. Archer (1971) Instructor in Education 

B.S., M.S., State University of New York College at Buffalo. 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 

John V. Baxley (1968) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

tROBERT Clarence Beck (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law 

B.A., Kentucky; J.D., LL.M., Western Reserve. 

Ronald E. Beller (1971) Assistant Professor of Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

B.S., Florida; M.B.A., Kent; Ph.D., Florida. 

Merrill G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director 

of Libraries 

(See Administration) 

Matthew Black (1971) Visting Professor of Religion 

M.A., Glasgow; B.D., Trinity College, Glasgow; Dr. Phil., Bonn; D. Litt., Glasgow. 

James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 

Dale E. Bonnette (1970) Instructor in English 

A.B., M.A., Missouri. 

Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity. 

Pasco Middleton Bowman, II Professor of Law and 

Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration) 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton. 

* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 
t Absent on leave, Fall 1971. 

179 



Faculty 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Politics 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Peter D. Bullard (1971) Assistant Professor of Psychology and 

Assistant Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

(See Administration) 

JULIAN C. BURROUGHS, Jr. (1958) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert S. Carlson (1969) Professor of Management, Babcock 

Graduate School of Management 
S.B., M.I.T.; MBA, Ph.D., Stanford. 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Duke. 

John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Robert L. Case (1970) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Western Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

* David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

John H. Clougherty (1969) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Youngstown State; M.Ed., Kent State. 

John E. Collins (1970) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., 
Princeton. 

LEON P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law 

(See Administration) 

Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College, M.A., George Peabody. 

James A. Dervin (1970) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., St. Louis. 

Jean Raoul Jules Derrien (1971) Visiting Lecturer in French 

Licence, Caen; C.A.P.E.S., Paris. 



Absent on leave, 1971-72. 

180 



Faculty 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California. 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J.D., Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

* JUSTUS C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Associate Dean 

(See Administration) 

John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

W. Franklin Edwards (1970) Assistant Professor of Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

B.S., Clemson; M.B.A., Indiana; Ph.D., Florida. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

Swimming Coach 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Associate Professor of Educational and 

Counseling Psychology; Director of Counselor Education; 

Associate Director for Counselor Training 

of the Center for Psychological Services 

(See Administration) 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. 

Stephen Ewing (1971) Instructor in Business 

B.S., Howard Payne; M.B.A., Baylor. 

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke. 
ESRON McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., J.D., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke. 

JACK D. Ferner (1971) Lecturer in Management and Acting 

Dean of Babcock Graduate School of Management 

(See Administration) 

NORA Lynn Finch (1971) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., M.A.Ed., Western Carolina 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Politics 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director 

of Reynolda Gardens 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Louisa Freeman (1968) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory. 



Died, May 7, 1971. 

181 



Faculty 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

(See Administration) 

J. Whitfield Gibbons (1971) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Alabama; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Adam S. Gilmour (1970) Major, Field Artillery, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., The Citadel. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and 

Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Rosemary D. Green (1971) Instructor in English 

B.A., St. Louis; M.A., Virginia. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh. 

Mrs. Penny Crawford Griffin (1969) Instructor in Art History 

B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State. 

PAUL M. Gross, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

and Coordinator of The Honors Program 

(See Administration) 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

(See Administration) 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Wade Hash (1969) Assistant Professor 

of Classical Languages 

B.A., Richmond; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen 

Merwyn A. Hayes (1967) Associate Professor of Speech Communications 

and Theater Arts 

B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. 

J. Timothy Heames (1971) Lecturer in Management and 

Associate Dean of the Babcock Graduate School 

of Management 

(See Administration) 

Nathan Rick Heatley (1970) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Texas. 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 



182 



Faculty 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

*J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

David Allen Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Hugh K. Himan (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., (1969) Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Professor of Military Science 

B.S., U. S. Military Academy. 

Joseph P. Hollis, Jr. (1971) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army 

and Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., North Georgia College. 

Judith D. Homer (1971) Instructor in Psychology and 

Counselor in the Center for Psychological Services 
B.S.N. , Michigan; M.A. Ed., Wake Forest. 

Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State. 

Herbert Horowitz (1966) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Fred L. Horton, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. 

William L. Hottinger (1970) Assistant Professor of 

Physical Education 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 

Calvin R. Huber (1962) Associate Professor of Music 

B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana. 

Oliver B. Ingram, Jr. (1970) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Auburn. 

Charles Philip Johnson (1971) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Colorado; M.A., Florida State. 

Mrs. Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest. 

H. Russell Johnston, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Management 

and Director of Admissions, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

(See Administration) 

Norman R. Jones (1970) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., U. S. Military Academy. 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

William C. Kerr (1970) Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell. 



Absent on leave, Spring 1972. 



183 



Faculty 



Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) 

B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee. 



Professor of Spanish 
Assistant Professor of Biology 



Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law 

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; J.D., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. 

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard. 

Marvin D. Loper (1970) Assistant Professor of Management, 

Babcoek Graduate School of Management 

B.S., New Mexico; M.S., California State (San Diego) San Diego; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. 



Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Ph.D., Emory. 

Nancy Jane McCaskey (1969) 

B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina. 



Assistant Professor of English 
Instructor in English 



James C. McDonald (I960) 

B.A., Washington University, St. 

Thane McDonald (1941) 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D. 



James G. McDowell (1965) 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Mrs. Gail Garrison McNeill (1966, 1971) 

B.A., Millsaps; M.A., North Carolina. 



Associate Professor of Biology 

Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Professor of Music 

Teachers College, Columbia. 

Associate Professor of History 



Instructor in French 



Don M. Maultsby (1970) 

B.A., Wofford; Ph.D., Tulane. 

J. Gaylord May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

J. Rodney Meyer (1970) 

B.A., Brown; M.A., Minnesota. 

Harry B. Miller (1947) 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Joseph O. Milner (1969) 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D. 



North Carolina. 



Assistant Professor of Sociology and 
Anthropology 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in English 

Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of English 



Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; 
Ph.D., New York University. 



S.T.M. 



Associate Professor of Religion 

Union Theological Seminary, New York; 



John C. Moorhouse (1970) Assistant Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcoek School of Business Administration 

A.B., Wabash; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern. 



Carl C. Moses (1964) 

A.B., William and Marv; 



Associate Professor of Politics 

M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 



William M. Moss (1971) 

B.A.. Davidson. 

Thomas E. Mullen 

(See Administration) 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. 

John M. Norris (1972) 

Ph.B., B.D., Emory; Ph.D., Chicago. 



Instructor in English 

Associate Professor of History 
and Dean of the College 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Visiting Lecturer in Religion 



184 



Faculty 

John W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law, 

and Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

Peter R. Peacock (1970) Instructor in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

A.B., Northeastern; M.S., Georgia; M.B.A., Chicago. 

Philip J. Perricone (1967) Assistant Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 

B S., M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session 

(See Administration) 

David M. Phillips (1971) Instructor in Psychology and Director, 

Child Development Program, Academic Urban Affairs Consortium 

B.S., Arizona State. 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 

Ruth P. Phillips (1968) Research Associate in Biology 

Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German 

A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt. 

Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford. 

Michael L. Pollock (1967) Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Becky S. Porterfield (1971) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Tulane. 

Joyce E. Potter (1969) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Tennessee. 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

(See Administration) 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence 

Robert S. Rankin (1972) Visiting Professor of Politics 

A.B., Tusculum; A.M., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia. 

185 



Faculty 

Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

and Cross Country and Track Coach 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 

*Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Politics 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952) Professor of French 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Lecturer in French 

Cand. Philol., Oslo. 

Franklyn F. Sanders (1971) Instructor in Classical Languages 

A.B., Wofford; M.A., Georgia. 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Robert Schellenberger (1971) Visiting Professor of Management 

and Director of Program Evaluation; 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

(See Administration) 

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Assistant Professor of Management and 

Director of Executive Programs, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

(See Administration) 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politics 

and Director of the Winter Term 

(See Administration) 

Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Politics 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics 

(See Administration) 

Timothy F. Sellner (1970) Assistant Professor of German 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan. 

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 

Robert W. Shively (1970) Lecturer in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

(See Administration) 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 



* Absent on Leave, Spring 1972. 

186 



Faculty 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Thomas E. Simpson (1971) Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Middle Tennessee State; M.S., Louisiana State; Ph.D., Florida State. 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford. 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; J.D., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. 

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music 

B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University. 

J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. 

Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and 

Dean of the Graduate School 

(See Administration) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. 

*Charles H. Talbert (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of Religion and History 

B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Thomas C. Taylor (1971) Assistant Professor of Accountancy 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Mary Beth Thomas (1971) Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Politics 

B.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Robert Warren Ulery, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Classical 

Languages 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale. 

Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., M.A., U.C.L.A. 

Robert H. Vorsteg (1970) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Florida State; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., H ampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 
* Absent on Leave, 1971-72. 

187 



Faculty 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Winston W. Walker, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Georgia. 

George K. Walker (1972) Assistant Professor of Law 

B.A., Alabama; LL.B., Vanderbilt; M.A., Duke. 

Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Professor of Law and Dean Emeritus 

of the School of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke. 

David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 

B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Frank H. Whitchurch (1971) Instructor in Spanish 

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State. 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

A. Tennyson Williams (1971) Instructor in Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 
A.B., Duke; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost 

(See Administration) 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Frank B. Wood (1971) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake 
Forest. 

Ralph C. Wood, Jr. (1971) Instructor in Religion 

M.A., East Texas State; M.A., University of Chicago. 

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist. 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke. 



188 



PART-TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Alfred T. Brauer (1965) Visiting Professor of Mathematics 

Ph.D., Berlin. 

Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) Visiting Teacher of Piano 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music. 

Mrs. Caroline S. Fullerton (1969) Instructor in Speech 

Communication and Theatre Arts 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian. 

Lewis P. Goldstein (1970) Instructor in Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts 

B.A., Long Island; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo. 

Mrs. Susan P. Harbin (1966) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) Instructor in Piano 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Mrs. Barbara B. Hills (1962) Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) Artist in Residence, Voice 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 

Henry S. Lewis, Jr. (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.D., Andover-Newton Theological Seminary. 

David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union. 

Mrs. Blanche C. Speer (1972) Lecturer in Chinese 

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado. 

Mrs. Roberta Vest (1971) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., East Tennessee State. 

Mrs. O'Hara B. Wilkiemeyer (1971) Instructor in Art History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Johns Hopkins. 

Mrs. Stacy Williams (1971) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts. 

Donna B. Woodmansee (1971) Counselor in the Center for Psychological 

Services 
B.A., Denver; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest. 



189 



THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
^PROFESSORS EMERITI 



Fred K. GArvey (1941-1969) 



M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. 

Robert L. McMillan (1941-1971) 

B.S., M.D., Duke. 

William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Roscoe L. Wall (1942-1956) 

B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 



Professor Emeritus of Urology 



Professor Emeritus 
of Clinical Medicine 

Professor Emeritus 
of Clinical Surgery 

Professor Emeritus 
of Anesthesia 



Dates following names indicate period of service. 



190 



FACULTY 
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

* INSTRUCTION 



Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964) 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Eben Alexander. Jr. (1949) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Katherine H. Anderson (1969) 

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. 

Stephen G. Anderson (1970) 

M.D., Emory. 

John R. Ausband (1952) 

B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ernest A. Austin (1969) 

B.S., St. John's; M.D., Howard. 

Ralph W. Barnes (1969) 



B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke. 



Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Professor of Neurosurgery 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Assistant Professor of 
Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Professor of Otolaryngology 

Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Research Instructor in Neurology 



David L. Beavers (1955) 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., 



Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery 

Northwestern. 



M. Amjad Bhatti (1971) 

F.Sc, Government College, Lahore; B.Sc. 
King Edward Medical College. 

David Merrill Biddulph (1970) 

B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Damon D. Blake (1956) 

B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia. 

Walter J. Bo (1960) 

B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 



Robert F. Bond (1965) 

B.S., Ursinus; M.S., Ph.D. 



Temple. 



William H. Boyce (1952) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Billy C. Bullock (1965) 



D.V.M., Texas A & M. 



Instructor in Surgery 
Government College, Lyallpur; M.D., 

Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

Professor of Radiology 

Professor of Anatomy 

Associate Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Urology 

Associate Professor of 
Laboratory Animal Medicine 



Richard L. Burt (1949) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., Springfield; M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard. 



Yi-Chi Chang (1969) 

B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D. 

Kenneth P. Chepenik (1968) 

B.S., Ph.D., Florida. 

Thomas E. Clark (1971) 

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., 
Florida State University; Ph.D. 



Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

Connecticut. 

Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
Animal Medicine 

New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.S., 
, Florida State University. 



* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 



191 



Faculty 

Thomas B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Laboratory 

Animay Medicine 

D.V.M., Georgia. 

George A. Clay (1970) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.A., Ph.D., Boston. 

Carl M. Cochrane (1967) Professor of Psychology (Psychiatry) 

B.A., Guilford; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

M. Robert Cooper (1967) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

A. Robert Cordell (1957) Professor of Surgery 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Robert J. Cowan (1970) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselsaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Clair E. Cox, II (1963) Associate Professor of Urology 

M.D., Michigan. 

Carol C. Cunningham (1970) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State. 

Patrick M. Cunningham (1967) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work 

B.S., Utah; M.S.W., Fordham. 

Ivan W. F. Davidson (1961) Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto. 

Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

Lawrence R. DeChatelet (1969) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

Research Associate in Medicine 

B.S., M.S.. Ph.D., Loyola. 

Teodoro A. de LOS Santos (1971) Instructor in Pathology 

A. A., University of San Agustin; M.D., University of Santo Tomas. 

Robert L. Dixon (1970) Instructor in Radiology (Physics) 

B.S., Ph.D., South Carolina. 

Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester. 

John H. Edmonds. Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest: M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frank W. Farrell, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

M.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

John H. Felts (1955) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wofford; M.D., South Carolina. 

Robert A. Finch (1970) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

A.B., Oberlin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve. 

H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopedics 

A.B., M.D., Michigan. 

Robert L. Gibson (1971) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., University of Richmond; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Fleetus L. Gobble, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Lewis P. Goldstein (1967) Assistant in Speech Pathology 

B.A., Long Island; M.S., University College of New York. 

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota. 

192 



Faculty 

Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology 

Associate in Pharmacology 
Associate in Medicine 

B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Frank C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Anthony G. Gristina (1971) Professor of Orthopedics 

B.A., New York University; M.D., Albany Medical College. 

David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Marcus M. Gulley (1959) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John P. Gudson, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor of 

Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Associate in Microbiology 

B.A., M.D., Virginia. 

C. Allen Haney (1968) Associate Professor of Sociology (Pediatrics) 

B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Lloyd H. Harrison (1971) Instructor in Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Professor of Community Medicine 

Associate in Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Robert N. Headley (1963) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Maryland. 

Leo J. Heaphy, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 

A.B., Canisiun; M.D., Buffalo. 

Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Associate in Surgery 

B.S., Willenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

C. Nash Herndon (1942) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

Associate in Medicine 
Associate Dean for Research Development 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson. 
(See Administration) 

Felda Hightower (1944) Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Alanson Hinman (1952) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Pathology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Stephen H. Homer (1967) Assistant Professor of Orthopedics 

B.A., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Charles M. HOWELL, Jr. (1954) Professor of Medicine (Dermatology 

and Allergy); Associate in Pathology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Julius A. Howell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery 

(Plastic Surgery); Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 

LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) Associate Professor of Surgery 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frank H. Hulcher (1958) Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic. 

193 



Faculty 



Carolyn C. Huntley (1957) 

A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke. 
LUCILE W. HUTAFF (1948) 

B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester. 

Phillip M. Hutchins (1970) 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.S., Ph.D. 

Thomas H. Irving (1967) 



B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Francis M. James, III (1968) 

B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Paul Marshall James, Jr. (1970) 

A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Richard Janeway (1966) 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. 
(See Administration) 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr. (1970) 



Professor of Pediatrics 

Professor of Community Medicine 
Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Physiology 
(Biomedical Engineering) 

Wake Forest. 

Professor of Anesthesia 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Professor of Neurology and Dean 



Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 
and Assistant Dean 

M.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 
(See Administration) 



Professor of Surgery 



Frank R. Johnston (1950) 

B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke. 

DON Carl Jones (1972) Instructor in Pathology (Biochemistry) 

B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 



Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology 



Zelma A. Kalnins (1956) 

M.D., University of Laivia. 

John S. Kaufmann (1962, 1970) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

and Pharmacology 

B.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Margaret Rose Keller (1969) Assistant Professor of Public Health 

Nursing Regional Medical Program (Stroke) 

R.N., Columbia Hospital; B.S., University of Pittsburgh, M.P.H., University of 
North Carolina. 

David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965) 

M.D., North Carolina. 

Weston M. Kelsey (1946) 

B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Robert M. Kerr (1966) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell. 

Bok Soo Kim (1969) 

M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea. 

Arnold S. Kreger (1971) 

B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.S 
sity of Michigan. 

Frederick W. Kremkau (1971) 



Associate Professor of Neurosurgery 

Professor of Pediatrics 

Associate Professor of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 



Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

University of Michigan; Ph.D., Univer- 



Research Instructor in Medicine 
Research Associate in Neurology 

B.E.E., Cornell; M.S., University of Rochester. 



Wayne A. Krueger (1970) 

B.S., M.S., John Carroll; Ph.D. 



Illinois. 



Assistant Professor of Anatomy 



Louis S. Kucera (1970) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., St. John's; M.S., Creighton; Ph.D., Missouri. 

EVA S. Leake (1963) Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; M.S., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D. F. 



194 



Faculty 

Noel D. M. Lehner (1966) Assistant Professor of Laboratory 

Animal Medicine 
B.S., D.V.M., Illinois. 

Laurence B. Leinbach (1957) Associate Professor of Radiology 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Melvin Levitt (1970) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., M.A., Roosevelt; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Edward M. Lieberman (1968) Assistant Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida. 

J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.A., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Frank R. Lock (1941) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane. 

Hugh B. Lofland, Jr. (1952) Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry) 

Associate in Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue. 

Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations 

David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology 

(Community Medicine) 

B.S., London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester. 

George S. Malindzak, Jr. (1962) Associate Professor of Physiology 

A.B., Western Reserve; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Gerry Martin (1971) Instructor in Ophthalmology 

B.A., Pfeiffer; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Radiology 

A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve. 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Associate Professor of Radiology 

Associate in Neurology, and Associate Dean 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 
(See Administration) 

Charles E. McCall (1968) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

James G. McCormick (1970) Research Assistant Professor of 

Otolaryngology (Experimental Psychology) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington. 

William M. McKinney (1963) Associate Professor of Neurology 

Research Associate in Radiology 
B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia. 

Robert C. McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Neurology 

Associate in Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ross L. McLean (1971) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Bowdoin College; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Donald McNellis (1971) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 

Gynecology and Associate in Community Medicine 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Northwestern. 

195 



Faculty 



Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President 

for Medical Affairs 

A.B., University of California; M.D., Temple; D.S.C., Temple. 
(See Administration) 

Jesse H. Meredith (1958) 

M.D., Western Reserve; A.B., Elon. 

ISADORE MESCHAN (1955) 

B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve. 



Professor of Surgery 

Professor of Radiology 

Research Associate Professor 
of Sociology (Medicine) 

Professor of Medicine 
Associate in Physiology and Associate Dean 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 
(See Administration) 



Robert L. Michielutte (1970) 

B.A., Knox; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) 



Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Inglis J. Miller, Jr. (1971) 

B.S., Ohio State; Ph.D., Florida State. 



Associate Professor of Medicine 
Associate in Physiology 

Assistant Professor of Anatomy 



John Moossy (1967) 



M.D., Tulane. 



Professor of Pathology (Neuropathology) 
Associate in Neurology 



Robert P. Morehead (1936) 

B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. 

Richard T. Myers (1950) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington. 

Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1968) 

A. A., Northeast Mississippi; B.A., M.S. 
University of Southern Mississippi. 

Thomas F. O'Brien. Jr. (1961) 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale. 

Ruth O'Neal (1969) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota. 



Professor of Pathology 

Professor of Surgery 

Professor of Microbiology 



Assistant in Otolaryngology 

University of Southern Mississippi; Ph.D., 

Associate Professor of Medicine 



Charles E. Parkin (1967) 

B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee. 

Richard B. Patterson (1961) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Larry A. Pearce (1969) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray 

William S. Pearson (1966) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Timothy C. Pennell (1966) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Grey. 

John M. Pixley (1961) 

B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State. 

Robert W. Prichard (1951) 

M.D., George Washington. 

Richard C. Proctor (1950) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Assistant Professor of Neurology 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Associate Professor of Psychiatry 
Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 
Associate in Community Medicine 

Professor of Pathology 

Professor of Psychiatry 



196 



Faculty 



Natesaier Purshottam (1971) Associate Professor of Community 

Medicine 

I.Sc, Annamalai University; M.B., B.S., University of Madras; M.S., University of 
Colorado; M.P.H., Harvard; M.L.S., University of California. 

William W. Quivers (1968) 

B.S., Hampton Institute; M.D., Meharry. 

Milton Raben (1970) 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic; M.D., Tuft's. 

Angus C. Randolph (1948) 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia. 

Carlos E. Rapela (1959) 



Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Associate Professor of Radiology 
(Radiation Therapy) 

Professor of Psychiatry 



M.D. 



Professor of Physiology 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires. 



Instructor in Pathology 



Rafik Michel Raphael (1971) 

MB.Bch. (Medical degree) Cairo 

Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center. 



A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) 



B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Frederick Richards II (1970) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., South Carolina. 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California. 



Associate Professor of Biostatistics 
(Community Medicine) 



Instructor in Medicine 
Professor of Microbiology 



Donald E. Roberts (1971) 

B.A., North Texas State University; 
The University of Michigan. 

R. Winston Roberts (1947) 

M.D., Duke. 

Jack M. Rogers (1970) 

B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Richard W. St. Clair (1967) 



B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State. 

Doris Y. Sanders (1966) 

B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D. 

Robert T. Savage (1970) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Roberta A. Savitz (1970) 



Instructor in Physiology 

M.A., North Texas State University; Ph.D., 

Professor of Ophthalmology 

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 

(Physiology) 

Associate in Physiology 



Vanderbilt. 



Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 
Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 



Instructor in Community Medicine 
and Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., Brandeis; M.D., Boston; M.P.H., Harvard School of Public Health. 



C. Glenn Sawyer (1952) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Modesto Scharyj (1962) 

B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria. 

Herman E. Schmid, Jr. (1960) 

B.S., M.S., M.D., Illinois. 

Louis deS. Shaffner (1951) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Jerry Sipe (1969) 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

William J. Spencer ( 1967) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Professor of Medicine 

Associate Professor of Pathology 

Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Surgery 

Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 



197 



Faculty 

Charles L. Spurr (1957) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester. 

John Allen Stanley (1967) Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard. 

Llewellyn Winn Stringer, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of 

Anesthesia 

M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961) Odus M. Mull Professor of 

Biochemistry 

B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Norman M. Sulkin (1952) William Neal Reynolds Professor 

of Anatomy 

B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa. 

John D. Tolmie (1970) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill, Montreal. 

James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell, LL.B., La Salle. 

Walter H. Traub (1968) Associate Professor of Pathology 

(Clinical Microbiology) 

M.D., Munich; M.S., Rochester. 

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale. 

Henry C. Turner (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Robert A. Turner, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Rehabilitation Medicine 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D., Medical College of Alabama. 

John P. Umberger (1958) Instructor in Psychiatry (Psychology) 

B.A., Roanoke; M.A., Iowa. 

Henry L. Valk (1950) Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. 

Clarke E. Vincent (1964) Professor of Sociology 

(Obstetrics and Gynecology) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California at Berkeley. 

B. Moseley Waite (1967) Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke. 

Michael J. Walsh (1971) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

B.S., Maryland; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Walter A. Ward (1967) Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Benedict L. Wasilauskas (1971) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

B.S., M.D., Mount Saint Mary's College; Ph.D., University of Connecticut. 

L. David Waterbury (1969) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

Research Associate in Neurology 

B.S., Michigan; Ph.D., Vermont. 

Finley C. Watts (1967) Research Instructor in Radiology 

(Health Physics) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lester Earl Watts (1965) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Community Medicine (Student Health) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Richard G. Weaver (1954) Professor of Ophthalmology 

M.D., Washington. 

Joseph E. Whitley (1960) Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

198 



Faculty 



Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Howard M. Wisotzkey (1969) 

B.A., Dartmouth; M.D., Maryland. 

Richard L. Witcofski (1961) 



B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D. 

Ernest H. Yount (1948) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt. 



Assistant Professor of Radiology 
(Diagnostic Radiology) 

Assistant Professor of Pathology- 

Neuropathology 

Associate in Neurology 

Associate Professor of Radiology 
(Radiological Physics) 
Associate in Neurology 

Wake Forest. 

Professor of Medicine 



199 



DIVISION OF ALLIED HEALTH 
BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 



Leland E. Powers (1968) Professor of Community Medicine 

t Director of Division of Allied Health 

M.D., Iowa; M.S.P.H., Michigan. 

Glenn Refford Clark, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor and 

Assistant Director of Division of Allied Health 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Harriet Maria Amman (1970) Instructor in Biological Sciences 

B.S., University of Dayton; M.S., New Mexico Highlands University. 

Patricia Dane Hale Breedin (1969) Instructor 

Elizabeth Hatcher Conner (1971) Instructor in Biology 

B.S., Duke; M.A., University of Missouri. 

Phyllis Draper Newport (1969) Assistant Professor 

A.B., Ohio Wesleyan; M.Sc, University of Oklahoma. 

James L. Pharris (1971) Associate Professor and Director of 

Evaluation for the Physician's 
Assistance Program in Allied Health 

B.S., Rhode Island State; M.S., Eastern New Mexico; Ph.D., University of Con- 
necticut. 

Clyde F. Ritchie, Jr. (1971) Instructor and Assistant Director of 

the Program in Radiologic Technology 

B.S., Alderson-Broaddus. 

Helen Pauline Vos (1969) Assistant Professor 

B.S., Calvin. 

Harold T. Wilson (1971) Associate Professor 

Associate in Community Medicine 
Associate in Medicine 

A.B., University of Michigan; M.D., University of Michigan Medical School. 

Clauson England (1970) * Adjunct Instructor in Rehabilitation 

(Prosthetics and Orthetics) 

* Part Time. 



200 



PART-TIME FACULTY 
BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 



Carlton N. Adams (1967) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Duke. 

Harvey H. Allen (1970) 

B.A., Lincoln; M.D., Meharry. 

David D. Anderson (1968) Assistant Professor of Clinical Orthopedics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

E. Reid Bahnson (1957) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Harold B. Bates (1970) 

A.B., Mercer; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Jerry Lee Bennett (1970) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ignacio Bird (1965) 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Yale. 



Associate Professor of Clinical 
Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Instructor in Clinical Surgery 



Instructor in Clinical Urology 



Instructor in Clinical Radiology 



Thomas L. Blair (1945) 



B.S., D.D.S., M.S. 



Assistant Professor of Clinical Peridontia 
and Dental Surgery 

University of Pittsburgh. 

Delmar E. Bland (1969) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Frederick A. Blount. Jr. (1954) 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D 



Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

University of Pennsylvania. 

Vernard F. Bond, Jr. (1963) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine, 

Associate in Physiology and Pharmacology 
Associate in Physiology 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard B. Boren, III 

University of North Carolina; M.D., Duke. 



Edwyn T. Bowen, Jr. (1964) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Emory. 

George E. Bradford (1950) 

M.D., University of Tennessee. 

Ralph W. Brauer (1966) 

A.B., Columbia; M.Sc, Ph.D. 

Robert S. Brice, Jr. (1969) 

A.B., M.D., Duke. 

Kenneth P. Carlson (1970) 

B.A., M.D., Emory. 

David Cayer (1960) 

B.A., M.D., Duke. 

Robert T. Chambers (1970) 

B.A., M.D., Duke. 

Thomas L. Clarke (1970) 

M.D., Meharry. 

Elizabeth Conrad (1954) 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 



Instructor in Clinical Psychiatry 
Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 



Rochester. 



Assistant Professor of Clinical 
Otolaryngology 

Associate in Biochemistry 
Associate in Phisiology 

Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

Instructor in Clinical Urology 

Professor of Clinical Medicine 

Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics 
and Gynecology 

Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics 



201 



Faculty 

Maurice Couturier (1967) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Hylton K. Crotts (1951) Instructor in Clinical Dental Surgery 

D.D.S., University of Pennsylvania. 

Robert P. Crouch (1970) Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1956) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., University of Virginia. 

Joseph J. Cutri (1968) Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry 

A.B., Columbia; M.D., Georgetown. 

E. L. Davis (1971) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Morehouse; M.D., Howard. 

JOHN P. DAVIS (1954) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

A.B., Washington & Lee; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Wayne E. Davis (1970) Instructor in Clinical Urology 

M.D., Duke. 

William H. Davis, Jr. (1959) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., M.D., Duke. 

Ernesto E. de la Torre (1963) Instructor in Clinical Neurosurgery 

B.S., La Salle School; M.D., Havana Medical School. 

Chester R. Dietz (1971) Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry 

(Child Psychiatry) 
M.D., New York Medical College. 

Elia Dimitri (1970) Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics 

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., University of Tennessee. 

Presley Z. Dunn (1968) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., M.D., University of North Carolina. 

Ira Gordon Early (1966) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

James F. Ernhardt (1969) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of North Carolina. 

Harris L. Evans (1970) Instructor in Clinical Psychiatry 

B.S., M.D., University of North Carolina. 

JAMES A. Finger (1967) Lecturer in Preventive Medicine 

(Public Health) 

B.S., University of South Carolina; M.D., Medical College of South Carolina; M.P.H., 
University of North Carolina. 

J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1971) Associate Professor of Clinical 

Obstetrics and Gynecology (Pathology) 

M.D., Jefferson. 

FRANCIS F. Frenette (1967) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics and 

Gynecology 

B.A., University of New Brunswick; M.D., Dalhousie. 

James C. Gaither (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Washington University. 

Richard R. Glenn (1962) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Albert P. Glod (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Joseph G. Gordon (1968) Assistant Professor of Clinical Radiology 

M.D., Meharry. 

Louis Gottlieb (1968) Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology 

B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

202 



Faculty 

Willis J. Grant, III Instructor in Clinical Psychiatry 

A.B., University of N.C.; M.D., University of N.C. 

John H. Gray (1968) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Francis W. Green (1964) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

A.B., M.D., University of North Carolina. 

Albert O. Griffin (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary I. Griffith (1967) Assistant Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

M.D., University of Tennessee. 

Charles G. Gunn, Jr. (1961) Lecturer in Industrial Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Duke. 

Paul Gwyn (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

(Plastic Surgery) 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Columbia University College Physicians. 

Harvy Hamrick, Jr. (1971) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

A.B., M.D., University North Carolina. 

Millie P. Hancock (1968) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Eugene A. Hargrove (1962) Lecturer in Clinical Psychiatry 

A.B., M.D., University of Texas. 

Donald C. Hartzog (1969) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Salem; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Jefferson B. Helms (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Belmont A. Helsabeck (1970) Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology 

M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Ruth D. Henley (1970) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics 

B.S., University of North Carolina; M.D., Womans Medical College of Pennsylvania. 

A. Theodore Hill (1968) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., University of Miami; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

George W. Holmes (1951) Assistant Professor of Clinical Orthopedics 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Benjamin F. Huntley (1967) Assistant Professor of Clinical 

Medicine 

M.D., Harvard. 

Samuel H. Imamura (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.A., Seinan Gakuin University; B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Harold N. Jacklin (1969) Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology 

B.S., Muskingham; M.D., State University of New York. 

George W. James (1958) Associate Professor of Clinical Dermatology 

B.S., M.D., University of Tennessee. 

Azmi S. Jarrah (1971) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., M.D., American University of Beirut. 

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1970) Instructor in Community Medicine 

(Student Health) 

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Royal Green Jennings (1970) Instructor in Clinical Dermatology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Henry W. Johnson (1961) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

C. Hege Kapp (1964) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., University North Carolina; CM., M.D., McGill. 

203 



Faculty 

Paul R. Kearns (1967) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles Lee Kennedy (1970) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Meharry. 

William A. Lambeth, Jr. (1958) Assistant Professor of Clinical 

Internal Medicine 

M.D., Duke. 

Eugene B. Linton (1969) Assistant Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

i. and Gynecology 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Arthur S. Lynn (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University North Carolina. 

Rembert H. Malloy (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Howard. 

Benjamin F. Martin (1969) Assistant Professor in Clinical Medicine 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson. 

Edwin Martinat (1971) Associate Professor of Clinical 

Orthopedic Surgery 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

W. Joseph May (1962) Assistant Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

B.A., High Point; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Kenneth M. McCain (1968) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

(Allergy) 

B.S., M.D., University of North Carolina. 

William McCall, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

M.D., Duke. 

Robert L. Means (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Rachel F. Meschan (1971) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 
Research Associate in Radiology 

M.B., B.S., University of Melbourne; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John H. Monroe (1970) Associate Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

B.S., University of North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

William G. Montgomery (1971) Associate Professor of Clinical 

Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman. 

John A. Moore (1970) Lecturer in Laboratory Animal Medicine 

B.S., D.V.M., M.S., Michigan State. 

Lathan T. Moose (1970) Instructor in Clinical Urology 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John C. Mueller (1971) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

A.B., Harvard; M.D., Tufts. 

Clay Ff. Napper (1964) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

A.B., University of Missouri; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

David S. Nelson (1971) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Geneva; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Albert Ray Newsome (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

M.D., University of North Carolina. 

John H. Nicholson (1968) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Citadel; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Robert E. Nolan (1961) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Adelbert College of Western Reserve; M.D., Western Reserve. 

204 



Faculty 

Charles M. Norfleet, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of Clinical 

Urology 
B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Joseph A. Noto (1971) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Peter E. Parker (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Ohio State. 

D. Russell Perry, Jr. (1956) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Tom A. Petty (1967) Assistant Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., Austin; M.D., University of Arkansas. 

Louis Pikula (1971) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

(Neurosurgery) 

B.S., John Carroll; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William R. Pitser (1971) Instructor in Clinical Otolaryngology 

A.B., Davidson; M.D., University of N.C. 

George Podgorny (1971) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Maryville; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frank E. Pollock (1963) Instructor in Clinical Orthopedics 

B.A., M.D., Ohio State. 

James E. Robinson (1970) Instructor in Clinical Orthopedics 

B.S., University of Florida; M.D., Northwestern. 

Walter M. Roufail (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

M.D., Cairo University. 

William M. Satterwhite (1970) Instructor in Clinical Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Duke. 

David Savitz (1969) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

Community Medicine 
A.B., Harvard; M.D., Harvard. 

Christiane M. F. Siewers (1971) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ralph Siewers (1971) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Leo B. Snow (1970) Assistant Professor of Clinical Radiology 

M.D., Temple. 

M. Frank Sohmer. Jr. (1956) Instructor in Internal Medicine 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Eugene P. Southall (1970) Instructor in Clinical Radiology 

B.S., M.D., Howard. 

Richard L. Spencer (1970) Instructor in Clinical Psychiatry 

B.S., Belmont Abbey; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Riley E. Spoon (1946) Instructor in Clinical Dental Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. 

Edward V. Spudis (1965) Assistant Professor of Clinical Neurology 

B.S., M.D., University of Maryland; M.S. University of Minnesota. 

Charles C. Stamey (1962) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

A.B., University of North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Howard M. Starling (1951) Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery 

M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Lloyd J. Story (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., University of Tennessee. 

David Tate (1968) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

205 



Faculty 

Blucher E. Taylor (1968) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., University North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1970) Instructor in Community Medicine 

(Student Health) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Thomas B. Templeton (1969) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

A.B., University North Carolina; M.D., Jefferson. 

James J. Thomas (1964) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., University of Illinois; M.D., University of Illinois. 

Helen L. Tinnin (1970) Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Community Medicine 

B.A., University California (Berkley); Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Philip B. Toyoma Clinical Instructor in Pathology 

B.A., Saitama University Faculty of Education; B.S., M.D., Howard. 

Parks DeW. Trivette (1954) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Kenneth V. Tyner (1970) Instructor in Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Temple. 

Robert G. Underdal (1970) Instructor in Clinical Orthopedics 

B.A., Concordia College; B.S., University North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

ROSCOE L. Wall, Jr. (1967) Assistant Professor in Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

B.S., B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. 

Frederick B. Weaver (1970) Instructor in Clinical Medicine 

A.B., Catawba College; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles R. Welfare (1955) Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., University Pennsylvania. 

Charles M. Westrick (1970) Instructor in Clinical Dental Surgery 

DDS., University of Michigan. 

Emmett R. White (1970) Assistant Professor of Clinical Radiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

DONALD L. Whitener (1962) Assistant Professor of Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., Catawba; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

John C. Wiggins, Jr. (1954) Assistant Professor of Clinical 

Internal Medicine 

A.B., University North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Kenan B. Williams (1954) Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics 

A.B., University North Carolina; M.D., Jefferson. 

S. Clay Williams, Jr. (1960) Assistant Professor of Clinical 

Internal Medicine 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., University Pennsylvania. 

Robert Zammit (1968) Instructor in Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., St. Peter's College; M.D., Creighton University of Medicine. 



206 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant to the Director and 
Curator of Rare Books. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services 
Librarian 

Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Ethel Taylor Crittenden 
Collection in Baptist History 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Library of the School of Law 

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Main Library and Allied Health Library 

Michael D. Sprinkle, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 
Mrs. Ellen Howard, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Chief, Public Services 
Mrs. Soo Lee, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Chief, Technical Services 
Mrs. Barbara DeWeerd, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Interloan Librarian 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Mrs. Jean B. Hopson, B.S., M.A. in L.S., Librarian 



207 



COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 

B.S., Wake 1 Forest. 



John W. McCloskey (1966) 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. 

Neil Johnston (1966) 

B.S., Ohio State; M.S., Temple. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 



Basketball Coach 
Asst. Basketball Coach 



Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas F. Harper (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Kentucky. 

Oval Lee Jaynes (1969) 

B.S., Appalachian. 

William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Robert T. Bartholomew (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 
Dal Lynch (1966) 
Wright Anderson (1970) 

A.B., Elon; M.A., North Carolina. 



Walter Noell (1970) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A. 

Bradley Mills (1971) 

A.B., Kentucky. 

Billy Mitchell (1971) 

A.B., Kentucky. 



East Carolina. 



Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Baseball Coach; 
Assistant Football Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Director of Deacon Club 

Trainer 

Athletic Equipment Manager 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 



208 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1972-73 
Effective September 1, 1972 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on 
August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chair- 
man except where the chairman is designated. All members of a com- 
mittee vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Associate Dean of the College, Dean 
of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College. 
Voting. 1975 Dimmick, Moorhouse; 1974 Gentry, O'Flaherty; 1973 Noftle, 
Phillips, and one student in Wake Forest College. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Waddill, Chairman; Angell, Baird, Barefield, Bonnette, Brehme, Broyles, 
Cage, Cook, Covey, Dimmick, Falkenberg, Fosso, Gossett, Hayes, 
Hester, Himan, Hood, Horton, Hottinger, Kerr, Kuhn, McDowell, J. G. 
May, W. G. May, Meyer, Milner, Mitchell, Noftle, Olive, Reeves, P. S. 
Robinson, Rodtwitt, Sanders, Scott, Sears, Sellner, Sinclair, C. W. Smith, 
Steintrager, Sullivan, A. S. Tillett, Weigl, West, G P. Williams, Wolfe, 
Woodall, Woodmansee, Wyatt. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the 
College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1977 Milner, Preseren; 1976 
Baxley, Crisp; 1975 Bryant, Christman; 1974 Gay, Horton; 1973 Ellison, 
Richman. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative: Provost, Dean of the College, Treasurer, Registrar, 
Director of the Physical Plant; 1977 Mitchell, 1976 Owen, 1975 Seel- 
binder, 1974 Cook, 1973 Tedford and two students from Wake Forest 
College (one voting and one non-voting.) 

College Review Board 

Six faculty members, two each from the Executive Committee, the Stu- 
dent Life Committee, and the Undergraduate Faculty Senate, appointed 
by the constituent committees for a two-year term; and two student mem- 
bers, selected by the Student Legislature. 

209 



Committees 



Curriculum 



Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Registrar, 
and the chairman of each department of Wake Forest College as follows: 
Art, Biology, Business and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classical Languages, 
Economics, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military 
Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Politics, 
Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, 
Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. 

Executive 

Non-voting. Provost, Associate Dean of the College, Dean of Men, Dean 
of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College. 
Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of each undergraduate school, the fol- 
lowing faculty members: 1975 Barnett, Catron; 1974 Sears, Wagstaff; 
1973 Brehme, Shaw; and one student in Wake Forest College. 

Faculty Marshals 
1975 Parker; 1974 Reeves; 1973 Pollock. 

Graduate Council 
Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of Grad- 
uate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1976 Pollock; 1975 
Waddill; 1974 Fosso, St. Clair; 1973 Baird; 1972 Barnett. 

Honors 

Dean of the College, Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1976 Collins, 
1975 Weigl, 1974 Beck, 1973 Fosso, and two students in Wake Forest 
College (one voting and one non-voting). 

Library Planning 

Regular. Director of Libraries, Librarian, 1975 Syme, Zuber; 1974 Amen, 
Barrow; 1973 Lewis, A. S. Tillett; and two students in Wake Forest 
College (one voting and one non-voting) . 

Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College, 
Dean of the School of Business, Chairmen of all departments (as under 
Curriculum Committee above) . 

Nominations 
1975 Gross, Lovett; 1974 Griffin, Sawyer; 1973 Brown, Cage. 

Open Curriculum 

Pritchard, Chairman; Evans, P. J. Hamrick, Phillips, Pollock, Reinhardt, 
J. H. Smith, Tedford. 



210 



Committees 



Orientation 

Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chairman; 
Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, 
President of the Student Government. 

Publications 

Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications; Faculty 
advisers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1975 Potter, 1974 
Bonnette, 1973 Kenion. 

ROTC Board 

Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1975 Case, 1974 Shoe- 
maker, 1973 Falkenberg. 

Scholarship and Student Aid 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Associate Dean of the Col- 
lege, Dean of Women, the following faculty members: 1975 Broyles, 
W. G. May; 1974 Covey, Hegstrom; 1973 McDowell, Richards; and two 
students in Wake Forest College (one voting and one non-voting). 

Student Life 

Non-Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Dean of 
Men, Chaplain. 

Voting. 1975 Carter, Hills, Hottinger; 1974 Angell, M. F. Robinson, 
Welker; 1973 Moorhouse, Sanders, Sullivan; and six students in Wake 
Forest College. 

Teacher Education 

Chairman of the Department of Education, Dean of the Graduate 
School, Dean of the College; 1975 Dimmick, Thane McDonald; 1974 
Barefield, Turner; 1973 Raynor, Rhea. 

Traffic Commission 

Director of the Physical Plant; 1975 Casey, Sellner; 1974 King, Wyatt; 
1973 Andronica, Olive; and six students in Wake Forest College. 

University Senate 

President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of 
the College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Manage- 
ment, Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of 
Development, and the following: 

211 



Committees 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1975 Owen, G. P. Williams; 

1974 Pritchard, Shorter; 1973 Banks, Schoonmaker; 1972 Barnett, Hills. 

Representatives of the School of Law: 1975 Lee; 1973 Webster. 

Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1975 Cowgill, 

1974 Meredith, 1973 Rapela, 1972 Prichard. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1973 Schellen- 

berger, Hylton. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1975 Nowell, 1974 Seelbinder, 

1973 L. R. Tillett, 1972 Shields. 



212 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



213 



DEGREES CONFERRED JUNE 7, 1971 

Doctor of Philosophy 
Mary Helen Johnston Gillikin William Louis Poteat 



Master of Arts 



Kenneth John Aron 
Richard M. Bernard 
Roger Louie Cordle 
Neal F. Earls 
Claire Lockhart Follin 
Josephine Eleanor Hayden 
Margaret Thomas Hibbert 
Kathryn Bond Himan 
Robert Reed Hunt, Jr. 
William Henry McElveen 



David Alger McNaught 
Sankey Reid Painter 
Cathy L. Raich 
Everette Grover Smith, Jr. 
Joyce Carole Taylor 
Marshall Dean Tessnear 
Martha Louise Ball Umberger 
Carolyn Sparks Whittenburg 
James Pen Whittenburg 
James Gracen Williams, III 



Master of Arts in Education 



Dana Hanna Dixon 

Samuel Templeman Gladding 

Bonnie Gray Masencup 



Phyllis Sturdivant Penry 
Miriam S. Rouzie 
Donna B. Woodmansee 



Martha Evon Craddock 
Paul Andrew Donovan 



Master of Science 

Patricia Ruth Fleming 
George James Pucak 
Richard David Williams 



Doctor of Medicine 



Ralph Durwood Almkuist, II 
Mark Aaron Altschuler 
William Shaffer Atkins 
Eva Frances Gabbard Baird 
Edward Everett Boone 
Warner Miller Burch, Jr. 
David Stewart Caldwell 
Thomas Woodward Cann, III 
Larry Clarke Crawford 
Ronald Green Dennis 
Richard Lee Denny 
David Michael Dewan 
Terrell Carroll Estes 
John Anderson Fagg 
Frank Kipling Ferrell 
Herbert Mynatt Floyd 
Robert Virgil Ford, Jr. 
Reed Krauss Freidinger 
Walter Elmer Fritz 



Edward Gregory Laclergue 
Andrew William Latham 
James Raynold Wesley Leonard 
Richard Steven Litman 
John Lyons Marshall 
John Andrew McCurdy, Jr. 
Morgan Todd Milford, Jr. 
Charles James Miller 
Howard Bernard Miller 
Frank Elery Oliver 
Joseph Randal Overby, Jr. 
William Boyd Owen, Jr. 
Carroll Alexander Pinner, III 
Jerry Lee Pruitt 
William David Purnell 
William Lee Ramseur, Jr. 
George Weichsel Riley 
Alan Grant Robertson 
Robert Ralph Robertson 



214 



Degrees Conferred 



Lawrence Jay Goldman 
Peter Edward Gover 
Don Jennings Hall 
Keith Sherman Hansen 
Kenneth Robert Hauswald 
Bernard Hirsch Holzman 
Thomas Holmes Hunt 
Edward Harvey Karotkin 
Bijan Keramati 
Michael Bernard Kerner 



James Michael Rogers 
Richard Allen Ryder 
Thomas Aaron Schultz 
Donald Winburn Shelley 
Joseph Arthur Smith 
Leonard Sebastion Spoto, Jr. 
Carl Lee Sturgeon, Jr. 
Allen Holstead Van Dyke 
Joseph Durwood Whisnant, Jr. 
Thomas Walker White, III 



Juris Doctor 



Neil Ciro Batelli 

Carlton Coleman Billingsley, Jr 

Jerry Lane Brantley 

Donald E. Britt, Jr. 

Kenny Shepherd Buckhalt, Jr. 

William Henry Burchette 

Jones Pharr Byrd 

Philip Hoyt Cheatwood 

Howard Charles Colvard, Jr. 

James Joseph Coman 

Vincent John Convery, Jr. 

Frederick Lamback Cooper, III 

Samuel Booth Currin, III 

Renny Walter Deese 

Michael Jay Devaney 

Harold Clyde Doster 

Richard Louis Doughton 

Kenneth Robert Ellis 

Samuel Earl Ewell, Jr. 

John Patrick Exum 

James Etheldred Floors 

Robert Alexander Franklin 

James Samuel Gorham, III 

Adam Crawford Grant, Jr. 

Howard Ralph Greeson, Jr. 

John Erling Hauge 

H. Clay Hemric, Jr. 

Donald 



Buddy O. H. Herring, II 
David Exum James 
Graydon Miller Jordan 
Frank Grey LaPrade, Jr. 
Fred Elvin Lewis, III 
Paul Hanna Livingston, Jr. 
William Randolph Loftis, Jr. 
Charles Thomas McCarter 
William Henry McElwee, III 
Charlie Smith Mclntyre, Jr. 
Warren Bickett Morgan, Jr. 
James Bruce Mulligan 
John Harvey Nicholson, III 
George Edgar Parker 
Stephen Edward Patterson 
John Rodwell Penry, Jr. 
J. Reid Potter 
Luis Phillip Salas 
Claude Ernest Simons, Jr. 
Gary Steven Smithwick 
Edwin Marion Speas, Jr. 
Fred Stokes 

James Edward Switzer, Jr. 
Gary Bunting Tash 
Patrick Vincent Terranova 
Fred Robert Troll, Jr. 
Donald Milton VonCannon 
Edwin Wynne 



William Ivey Adair 
Rodney Alan Adams 
Susan Jeanette Albert 
Judith Anne Aldrich 
Mary Jane Antonoplos 



Bachelor of Arts 



Deborah Grey Caskey 

Vicki Cavagrotti 

Martha LaRue Chappell 

Carol Lee Clark 

Donald Worthington Clem, Jr. 



215 



Degrees Conferred 



Thomas Malone Aquino 
Roy Alston Archbell, Jr. 
Bradley Wayne Arentz 
Russell Zachery Aste 
Joel Malcolm Baillie 
John Steven Baker 
Martha Victoria Baker 
Horace Obed Barefoot, Jr. 
John Martin Barnabic 
Christopher Keen Barnes 
Nell Goodwyn Barnes 
Jacquelyn Frances Bartholomew 
Carole Bernardine Beatty 
Brenda Ruth Benton 
Betty Sue Benton 
Kenneth Robert Benton 
Gregory William Bergmann 
John William Bernhardt 
Linda Kaye Berry 
James Ray Blevins 
William Arthur Boleyn, Jr. 
Marvin Andrew Bond 
Michael Scott Booher 
Joel Grim Bowden 
Anita Diane Brackett 
Robert Monroe Brady 
Raymond Arthur Bretzmann 
Charles Robinson Brewer 
Janette Crans Brewington 
Thomas Edward Britt 
Maxine Elaine Brock 
George Evans Brooks 
Tom Smith Browder, Jr. 
Edna Lee Bryan 
Emma Ellen Bryson 
John Paul Bullock, Jr. 
William Joseph Burns 
Robert Michael Burnside 
Charles Willard Byrd 
Thomas Edward Byrd 
Deborah H. Calhoun 
Teresa Ann Campbell 
Thomas Silas Campbell 
Henry Corwin Campen, Jr. 
John Alexander Caputo 
Linda Gail Carr 
James Oliver Carter 
Stanley Anthony Gest 



William Cornog Cleveland 
Thomas Mitchell Clower, Jr. 
David Henry Coates 
Marilyn Corinne Cohara 
James Franklin Cook, Jr. 
Wesley Ray Cook 
David Michael Cordier 
Janet Little Covey 
Kevin John Crosby 
Charles Lee Crothers 
John Pinkney Crowder 
Donald Hurst Crowe 
Paul Manly Crumpler, Jr. 
Samuel Thomas Currin 
James C. Dailey 
Martha Elizabeth Daniel 
Gwyndolyn Elizabeth Daniels 
Frederick Michael Davis 
Steven Thomas Davis 
Deborah Wilkerson Decker 
Ralph Edward Dennison, Jr. 
Lana Gail Jones Dodson 
Boiling Stovall DuBose, III 
Robert Francis Duffy 
Mary Betsy Dwiggins 
Martha Leslie Early 
Joseph Craig Easley 
John William Ellis 
Raymond Ralph Emerick, Jr. 
James L. Eschen 
Elin Jocelyn Eysenbach 
Karen Anne Fallon 
Nan Blythe Falls 
Constance Kathleen Fitch 
Linda Welfare Flagler 
Charles Bradley Forrest, Jr. 
Malinda Ann Fort 
Mary Duncan France 
Olin Kenneth France, Jr. 
Steven Vaughn Freedman 
Robert Earl Fuller, Jr. 
Bruce Harlan Garlan 
Melinda Lee Garrett 
George E. Gatzogiannis 
Thomas Jeffries Gavin, III 
Joseph Stephen Gaydica, III 
Kathleen Elizabeth Germuth 
Stephen Anthony Owen 



216 



Degrees Conferred 



Sara Kent Glaize 

Arba Sherwood Godwin, Jr. 

Robert Maurice Grant, Jr. 

Shirley Swanson Gregory 

Eugene Jeffrey Griffith 

Susan Elaine Guest 

John Robert Gunnels 

Lydia Patricia Hall 

Mary Buchan Hall 

Frank Spruill Haltiwanger 

Richard Reagan Hamlin 

Douglas Bruce Hanna 

Hallie Skeen Hardin 

Steven Barnes Harvey 

Steven J. Harvey 

David Broughton Hawkins 

Charles Rufus Hayes 

James Alex Hayes, Jr. 

Sylvia James Helms 

Vernon Lamar Helms 

Leonard Stephen Hendrix 

George Franklin Henne, Jr. 

Thomas Andrew Rankin Hibbert 

Diane Lynn Hildebrand 

Barbara Smillie Hill 

Joan Patricia Hill 

James Leanney Hogan 

Richard Johnson Horton 

Winna Marie Hostetler 

Harriet Hough 

John Raymond Hutton 

Thomas Bryan Ingram 

Catherine Ann Jackson 

Louise Wilson Jennings 

Ira Alan Johnson 

Judith Carolyn Johnson 

Russell Burke Johnson, Jr. 

Richard Kirk Jonas 

Elizabeth Wilson Jones 

Pamela Kaye Jones 

Wilford Graham Jones, Jr. 

Doris Katherine Kelly 

Lenora Johnston Kiessler 

Robert William Knight 

Robert Carl Kovarik, Jr. 

Christina Kriebel 

Karl Joseph Krieger 

Samuel Freeman Lewis, Jr. 



Dennis Elwood Patterson 
Nancy Carolyn Payne 
Larry Edward Penley 
John Robert Perkinson, Jr. 
John C. Perry 
Paula Christine Perry 
Mary Kathryn Peters 
Carl Arthur Peterson 
Robert A. Petrino 
Frances C. Phelps 
Judith Carol Pilcher 
Douglas Wayne Pittman 
Mark Allen Planting 
Gloria Jean Poston 
Len Broughton Preslar, Jr. 
Ronald Douglas Pruette 
L. H. Puckett, Jr. 
Timothy L. Quigg 
Maria Cristina Rapela 
Richard Leighton Rardin 
James Albert Rausch 
Sarah Evelyn Redfearn 
Robert Ralph Rhoads 
Donald Keith Rich 
Donald Sanders Richardson 
James Carroll Richardson, Jr. 
Ronald Milton Riggs 
Rolando V. Rivero 
Jonathan Crawford Robinson 
Jenny Lou Robinson 
Julian Edward Ruffin 
Robert Jackson Russell 
Deborah Krueger Sadler 
Nancy Lynn Scheiner 
Robert Waters Schenkemeyer 
Donald James Schiller 
Barry Mark Schuster 
Willie Joe Scripture 
Lester Dupuy Sears 
Gordon Phillip Selfridge 
Brenda Frances Shackelford 
Daniel Stephen Shannon 
Michael Moore Sheffield 
Jeffrey Lee Shue 
Samuel Stillwell Shumate, Jr. 
Pattijane Slessman 
Mahon Thornly Smith, III 
Patricia Vern Smith 



217 



Degrees Conferred 



David Smith Lindsay 
Dianne Cecil Littel 
William Dennis Loftin 
Carol Sue Lougee 
Joel Caldwell McConnell, Jr. 
Nora Lee McCormick 
James Michael McCourt 
Harmon Caleb McDaniel, III 
Joy Charlene McKinney 
Clarence McCain McMurray, J 
Stephen McMahan McNeill 
Herbert Larry McRacken 
Robert James MacLauren, Jr. 
Deborah Sue Maine 
Gordon Henry Malsbury, Jr. 
David Huff Maner 
Julia Elsie Manning 
Freemon Adolph Mark 
Darrell Shelton Martin 
William Everette Martin 
Gerald Rudolph Massey, Jr. 
Fred Kevin Mauney 
Russell X. Mayer 
Suzanne Meisburg 
Dane Eric Miller 
Douglas Rutledge Miller 
Katherine Sue Miller 
William Lloyd Miller 
Kenneth Randall Mintz 
Nelson Campbell Missbach 
Christina Hall Monthan 
Joseph Steven Moore 
William Richard Moore 
Letha Marcelle Morgan 
John McKnight Morrow, Jr. 
Jeffry Arthur Mulrain 
Robert Scott Murray 
Sherry Delaine Nance 
Donald M. Nelson 
Jeffrey Scott Nelson 
Cynthia Joyce Newhall 
Susan Marie Nix 
Steven Heller Nixon 
Stephen Anthony Nolan 
George Richard Norris 
Douglas Floyd Osborne, Jr. 
Cathy Diane O'Shell 

Gene 



Dorothy Anne Soper 
Paul Jerald Stainback 
Roger Lane Stancil 
Robert William Stanley, III 
Margaret Clinton Steffens 
Floyd Eugene Stewart, Jr. 
David Harding Stoops 
Laura Andell Stringfellow 
Jay Johnson Stringfield 

r. Larry Bruce Sweazey 

Susan Lela Swenholt 
Charles MacLellan Taylor 
Laura Bennett Thomson 
Norwood Leroy Todman 
Paul Sidney Trivette 
William Carroll Turner 
Jeffrey Michael Tweel 
Robert Lashlee Utley, Jr. 
William Keith Valentine 
Leonard Paul VanNess 
Barbara Charlotte Vehorn 
Douglas Carlyle Waller 
Frances Layne Watson 
Hazel Marie Watson 
Richard James Watson 
Julius David Waugh 
Garland Geoffrey West, Jr. 
Daniel Spier Whitaker 
Ann Rhodes S. White 
Harold Mitchell White, Jr. 
Alison Joan Wiley 
Kathleen Dianne Williams 
Linda Dockery Williams 
Charles Patton Wilson 
Joseph Alexander Wingate 
Jacquelyn Kay Witt 
Sally Cheung-Fung Wong 
Lynn Gayle Wood 
Richard Walton Wood 
Charles Stafford Wright 
George Herbert Wright, III 
Judith Gayle Wyers 
Leon Wilson Wynne, Jr. 
John Harvey Yates 
Earle Preston Zack, Jr. 
Daniel Zalacain 
Larry Robert Zane 

Grayson Zimmerman 



218 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Science 



Michael Lee Aiken 

Sally Jo Ainsworth 

Joyce Sedinia Aldret 

Carlton Dwayne Anderson 

Ernest James Arlart 

Timothy Kirk Arnold 

William Charles Arthur 

Mary Louise Cunningham Ashcraft 

Richard Robert Ashford 

Douglas Kent Bailey 

Robert Carl Baker 

William James Bennett 

Donald Bruce Bergey 

William Carroll Blackerby, III 

Troy Leighton Brooks 

Wayne Douglas Brumbaugh 

James Gregory Budd 

Dale William Carter 

Terry Glenn Coble 

Joseph Jerald Cole, III 

Andrea Beth Coleman 

Donald Keith Cooper 

Richard Edward Corritore, Jr. 

Nicholas A. Cortese, Jr. 

Dianne Ford Crowe 

John Gray Currin, Jr. 

Nancy Ann Dando 

Evlyn Antoinette Downs 

Elizabeth Catherine Anne Eddins 

Terry Lynn Flowe 

John Randolph Flynt, Jr. 

Jerry Eugene Francis 

Philip Burton Funderburk 

Peter H. Funk 

William Bryant Gallagher, Jr. 

Ernest Wilson Glass, Jr. 

James Michael Potter 

William Martin Quesenberry, Jr. 

Clifford Anthony Reed 

Sandra Mary Richmond 

Carroll Dale Rogers 

Joseph Peterson Rowlett, III 

Charles Harold Ruppe 

Thomas William Sadler 

Thomas Arthur Seaver 

Charles Bellford Shaeff, III 

Betty Yvonne Shepard 



Lawrence Ervin Gosnell 
Wylie Clondis Graves, Jr. 
William Albert Harman, Jr. 
Erna Catharina Haven 
Winthrop S. Headley 
Jimmie Kay Hiemstra 
Warren Raymond Hinson, Jr. 
Anne Elizabeth Hobson 
John Harvey Hofferbert 
Joseph Clayton Holladay, Jr. 
Ronald Hinton Honeycutt 
Benjamin E. Horton 
Martha Rose Howard 
Carol Lynn Howerton 
Warren Fitzhugh Hoyle 
Tarn Spicer Hutchinson, Jr. 
Richard Everett Jester 
Ronald Elbert Jones 
Vincent Arthur Kiley 
Marjorie Linda Lanier 
James Donald Lawrey 
Lois Lougenia London 
Myra Rose McLean 
Elizabeth Anne MacDonald 
Michael John Magnot 
Diane Joan Mathis 
Gene Young Michael 
James Elwood Morris, II 
Vickie Gayle Needham 
James Dale Nichols 
Constance Goehring Nicholson 
James Hazlett Nicholson, Jr. 
William Scott Orman 
Donald Richard Ort 
Neil Pastushok 
Eleese Pope Peay 
Mabel Diane Stewart 
Monroe J. Stutts, III 
Helene Annette Bacon Swank 
Emil Robert Szabo 
John Frederick Taggart 
Dina Jong Ping Ting 
Lynn Padgett VanDelinder 
Randal Tipton Vaughn 
William Randall Ward 
Maribeth Gravatt Watts 
Cynthia A. Wilbur 



219 



Degrees Conferred 



Gerald Lomax Smith 
Robert Gerald Smith 
Wilbur Aaron Spaul 
David Arnold Stainback 



Adelaide Anne Isaacs Williams 
Troy Stephen Wilson 
Benjamin Hall Yarborough, II 
Larry Wayne Yatsko 
See-Chin Young 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



John R. Andre 

William Kevin Anglim 

Albert Floyd Beard, III 

Ronald Raphael Beauvais 

Bruce Charles Bergman 

John CofBeld Blanton, Jr. 

Jon William Brassel 

Bill Garfield Braswell, Jr. 

Gary Webb Cassell 

Lawrence Jesse Chamberlain, III 

Bradford Dean Cole, Jr. 

Ashby Morris Cook, Jr. 

Kent Lewis Engelmeier 

James Ronald Gadd 

William Drake Gebert 

Edwin Timothy Hamilton 

George Nye Hamrick 

Dewitt Clinton Hauser, III 

Richard Dean Hawes 

Billy McNeil Haywood, II 

David Oren Heffner 

Charles Royden Higgins, Jr. 

Thorn Louis Hoagland 

Michael Eugene Howard 

Thomas L. Hughes 

Glenn H. Josephsen 



William Edward Latta 
Stuart H. LeGrand 
Richard Michael Loflin 
William Robert Logan, Jr. 
Richard Okerlin Lyon 
Max William McCollum, Jr. 
Richard Palmer McCotter 
Markham William Mabry 
Betty Jewell Malpass 
Britton David Mann 
Otis Mull Meacham 
Herbert Maurice Moody, Jr. 
James Charles O'Brien 
Janet Lee Parks 
James Charlton Pearigen 
Robert James Reilly 
Donald H. Rex, Jr. 
Wynne C. Saffer 
Dale A. Short 
Gregg Fraser Taylor 
Frank Lesesne Todd, Jr. 
Donald Edward Walker, Jr. 
Robert Pershing Williams, Jr. 
Harry Allen Wills, Jr. 
Lewin Gray Wilson 
Jones Harrison Winston, Jr. 



HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Divinity 

Benjamin Coleman Fisher 
W. Randall Lolley 

Doctor of Laws 

Sam J. Ervin, Jr. 
Robert Edward Royall Huntley 



220 



Awards and Honors 



AWARDS AND HONORS 

From the School of Arts and Sciences 
Graduating with Honors in: 

Biology: Sally Jo Ainsworth, Diane J. Mathis, Donald R. Ort, 
Thomas W. Sadler, Randal T. Vaughn 

Economics: James L. Hogan 

German: Cathy Diane O'Shell 

History: Samuel Thomas Currin, Eugene Jeffrey Griffith, Catherine 
Ann Jackson, Carl Arthur Peterson, L. H. Puckett, Jr. 

Political Science: Bruce Harlan Garland, Fred Kevin Mauney 

Psychology: Elin Jocelyn Eysenbach, Olin Kenneth France, David 
Broughton Hawkins, Paula Christine Perry 

Romance Languages: Daniel Spier Whitaker 

Sociology and Anthropology: William L. Miller 

Speech: Carol Lee Clark, Lana Jones Dodson 
The Forrest W. Clonts Award for Excellence in History: Eugene 

Jeffrey Griffith, L. H. Puckett, Jr. 
The Claud H. Richards Award for Excellence in Political Science: 

Fred Kevin Mauney 
The Tom Baker Award in Debate: Larry Edward Penley 
The Tom Baker Award in Publications: Douglas C. Waller 
The American Bible Society Award for Excellence in Biblical Scholar- 
ship: Robert Jackson Russell 

Elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Spring, 1971 



Anne Hobson Anderson 
Marjorie Sharon Anderson 
Stephanie Jean Anderson 
John Steven Baker 
Emma Ellen Bryson 
Linda Gail Carr 
Carol Lee Clark 
Lana Jones Dodson 
Irene Elizabeth Edwards 
Elin Jocelyn Eysenbach 
Terry Lynn Flowe 
Charles Rufus Hayes 
James Leanney Hogan 
Carol Lynn Howerton 
Catherine Ann Jackson 
Judith Carolyn Johnson 
Ted Steven Keller 



Christina Kriebel 
Beverly Louise McCraw 
William Everette Martin 
Diane Joan Mathis 
Katherine S. Miller 
John Ray Mull 
Cathy Diane O'Shell 
Harvey Worth Owen III 
Eleese Pope Peay 
L. H. Puckett, Jr. 
Thomas William Sadler 
Usha Nayar Somasunderan 
Jane Carol Stanfield 
Laura Andell Stringfellow 
Randal Tipton Vaughn 
James Albert Weaver 
Anna Rhodes S. White 



Gene Grayson Zimmerman 



221 



Awards and Honors 



2. From the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
The Lura Baker Paden Medal: Betty Jewell Malpass 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: George Nye Hamrick, Jr. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal: Wynne C. Saffer 

The N. C. Association of Certified Public Accountants Medal: Bill 

Garfield Braswell 
The Wall Street Journal Medal: Jon William Brassel 
Beta Gamma Sigma: Bill Garfield Braswell, Betty Jewell Malpass 

3. From the School of Law 

The North Carolina National Bank Award, 

First Prize State- Wide and First Prize at Wake Forest: James 
Samuel Gorham, III 

Second Prize at Wake Forest: Donald Milton VonCanon 

The Warren A. Seavey Award: William Randolph Loftis, Jr. 

American Trial Lawyers Association Environmental Law Essay Con- 
test: Luis Phillip Salas 

4. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
The Faculty Award: Edward Harvey Karotkin 
The Pediatric Merit Award: James Michael Rogers 
The Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: Don Jennings Hall 

The Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: William Shaffer Atkins 
The C. B. Deane Memorial Award: William Lee Ramseur, Jr. 
The Upjohn Achievement Award: Edward Harvey Karotkin 

Seniors elected to Alpha Omega Alpha 

Eva Frances Gabbard Baird Edward Harvey Karotkin 

Warner Miller Burch, Jr. Andrew William Latham 

Keith Sherman Hansen William David Purnell 

Thomas Holmes Hunt Donald Winburn Shelley 

Joseph Durwood Whisnant, Jr. 

5. From the Department of Military Science 

President's Trophy (awarded 1970) : Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Wil- 
liam D. Loftin 

President's Trophy: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Daniel S. Whitaker 

Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Daniel S. 
Whitaker 

ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet Captain David H. 
Maner 



222 



Graduation Distinctions 



The Reserve Officers' Association Certificate: Cadet Captain James 

R. Blevins 
The American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Lieutenant 

Colonel Daniel S. Whitaker 
The American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet Captain 

Samuel T. Currin 
The Daughters of the American Revolution ROTC Medal: Cadet 

Captain Lawrence E. Gosnell 
The Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Captain John G. 

Currin, Jr. 



6. Graduation Distinctions 



Cum Laude 



Sally Jo Ainsworth 

Joyce Sedinia Aldret 

Mary Louise Cunningham Ashcraft 

Douglas Kent Bailey 

John Steven Baker 

Brenda Ruth Benton 

Raymond Arthur Bretzmann 

Maxine Elaine Brock 

William Joseph Burns 

Thomas Silas Campbell 

Linda Gail Carr 

Marilyn Corinne Cohara 

Nicholas A. Cortese, Jr. 

Samuel Thomas Currin 

James C. Dailey 

Martha Elizabeth Daniel 

Deborah Wilkerson Decker 

Samuel Earl Ewell, Jr. 

Elin Jocelyn Eysenbach 

Karen Anne Fallon 

Malinda Ann Fort 

Mary Duncan France 

Olin Kenneth France, Jr. 

Bruce Harlan Garland 

Lawrence Ervin Gosnell 

Susan Elaine Guest 

Mary Buchan Hall 

Steven J. Harvey 

David Broughton Hawkins 

Charles Rufus Hayes 

Buddy O. H. Herring, II 

Diane Lynn Hildebrand 

Anne Elizabeth Hobson 



Paul Hanna Livingston, Jr. 
William Randolph Loftis, Jr. 
Lois Lougenia London 
Carol Sue Lougee 
Deborah Sue Maine 
Betty Jewell Malpass 
Suzanne Meisburg 
Cynthia Joyce Newhall 
Constance Goehring Nicholson 
Donald Richard Ort 
Cathy Diane O'Shell 
Nancy Carolyn Payne 
Larry Edward Penley 
Paula Christine Perry 
Carl Arthur Peterson 
Judith Carol Pilcher 
Sarah Evelyn Redfearn 
Clifford Anthony Reed 
Ronald Milton Riggs 
Jenny Lou Robinson 
Joseph Peterson Rowlett, III 
Robert Jackson Russell 
Nancy Lynn Scheiner 
Gordon Phillip Selfridge 
Brenda Frances Shackelford 
Michael Moore Sheffield 
Betty Yvonne Shepard 
Dorothy Anne Soper 
Margaret Clinton Steffens 
Mabel Diane Stewart 
Jay Johnson Stringfield 
Helene Annette Bacon Swank 
Shirley Elaine Swanson 



223 



Graduation Distinctions 



Joseph Clayton Holladay, Jr. 
Carol Lynn Howerton 
Judith Carolyn Johnson 
Elizabeth Wilson Jones 
Doris Katherine Kelly 
Vincent Arthur Kiley 
Robert Carl Kovarik, Jr. 
Christina Kriebel 
Frank Grey LaPrade 



James Edward Switzer, Jr. 
Laura Bennett Thomson 
Lynn Padgett VanDelinder 
Maribeth Gravatt Watts 
Garland Geoffrey West, Jr. 
Ann Rhodes S. White 
Linda Dockery Williams 
Daniel Zalacain 
Gene Grayson Zimmerman 



Magna Cum Laude 



Emma Ellen Bryson 
Carol Lee Clark 
Lana Gail Jones Dodson 
Eugene Jeffrey Griffith 
James Leanney Hogan 
Catherine Ann Jackson 
William Everett Martin 
Diane Joan Mathis 



Katherine Sue Miller 
Eleese Pope Peay 
L. H. Puckett, Jr. 
Thomas William Sadler 
Laura Andell Stringfellow 
Emil Robert Szabo 
Randal Tipton Vaughn 
Daniel Spier Whitaker 



Summa Cum Laude 



Terry Lynn Flowe 
Marjorie Linda Lanier 



Fred Kevin Mauney 
William Lloyd Miller 



224 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 27, 1971 



Master of Arts 



Agnes Walters Bengel 
Frances Kelso Bender 
Robert Gray Bobbitt 
Marilyn Johnson Burke 
Barry Steele Crawford 
Sharon Letherbury Daniel 



Robert Sterling Gingher 

David Lynn Hall 

Larry Nicholas Hambrick 

Philip Alan May 

Mary Louise Hanson Moore 

Mary Cevilia Peffer 



James Melton Shertzer 

Master of Science 
Richard Carl Franson 

Master of Arts in Education 

David Preston Abernethy Wayne Morris Hurr 

Janet Karen Roberson 



Bachelor of Arts 



Marjorie Sharon Anderson 
Thomas Edgar Boone 
Mary Isabelle Walker Broyles 
Michael Jay DeVaney 
James Robert Dorsett, Jr. 
Walter Stephen Fedora 
William John Fedora 
Adam Crawford Grant, Jr. 
Eugene Morris Hartis, Jr. 
Judith Elizabeth Hellard 
Walter George Harlow 
Kristin Ann King 
Patricia Allen Michael 
David Chambers Lawson, Jr. 

' Tony 



Thomas Lee Nunnallee 
Harvey Worth Owen, III 
Christopher Merrill Peace 
Mary Irvin Plummer 
Christopher Dunlop Quale 
Reginald Aaron Rushing 
Linda Annetta Setterstrom 
Michael Dane Shaw 
Jo Ann Stanfield 
Dwyane Edwin Swank 
Katherine Cheryle Watson 
Ronald Douglas Webb 
Duke Wilson 

Richard Earl Worthington, Jr. 
Lawrence Yates 



Bachelor of Science 



Philip James Beavers 
William Thomas Bryant 
Danny Michael Edwards 
G. Henry Koether, III 
John Joseph Mazalewski 
Mary Lee Patton 



Charles Patterson Same, Jr. 
James Charles Schubert 
Charles Lewis Spurr, Jr. 
Wilbur Reid Staton, Jr. 
Pamela Gywnn Woodson 
Stephen Wilson Wrenn 



225 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

Anthony Drake Charles Durant Snipes, Jr. 

James Frederick Poole Andrew Pierson, III 

Dorn Carl Pittman, Jr. 

Juris Doctor 
Walter Wrinza Pitt, Jr. 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 

Marjorie Sharon Anderson G. Henry Koether, III 

William Thomas Bryant Mary Irvin Plummer 

Walter Stephen Fedora Christopher Dunlop Quale 

William John Fedora Duke Wilson 

Judith Elizabeth Hellard Pamela Gywnn Woodson 

Richard Earl Worthington, Jr. 

Magna Cum Laude 
Harvey Worth Owen Mary Lee Patton 



226 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1971 

Thursday, August 26 

DEGREES CONFERRED 

Doctor of Philosophy 
Robert Herman Broyles Reginald Denny Carter 



Kathleen M. Batchelder 
Paul Edwin Beavers 
Raymond Eugene Burrell 
George E. Carter, Jr. 
Patricia Flynt 
James E. Freeman 
Lucy Holton Gordon 
Albert Gulkin 



Master of Arts 

Edward Leal Hadden, Jr. 
Jane M. Olmsted 
Patricia E. Sinicrope 
Anna Louise Stout 
Mary Elizabeth Stuart 
Frances Rice Swaim 
Kathleen Peoples Tanner 
Laura Kate Viernstein 
Everett C. Wilkie, Jr. 



Master of Arts in Education 



Joan Lobis Brown 
Debbie Michael Cohen 
Elaine Teresa Fuller 
Jeanne Brown Horsley 



Pamela Turner Roberts 
Colleen Joy Roudabush 
Jane Weldon Woodward 
Candace Young 



Master of Science 



Lynn Thomas Callahan, III 
Eldon Elmore Eckard 



Patsy Wang 

Wayne Francis Green 



Bachelor of Arts 



Bodo Uwe Beer 

Virginia Ruth McClung Blalock 
Priscilla Ann Blevins 
Charles DeForest Decker, III 
Robert Edward Evans 
Diane Jones Freeman 
Walter Alexander Graham 
Frances Sprinkle Harris 
James Lowell Hemphill 
Carolyn Norfleet Hoyle 
Parks Reid Huffstetler 
Alan Andrew Johnson 

Catharine 



Daniel Warren Jackson 
Pryor Eddy Koonts 
Johnny Marvin Mullen 
John Eric Olson, Jr. 
David Robert Parsons, Jr. 
William Edward Poe, Jr. 
Jeanette Ray Quinn 
Robert Scott Allyn Slaybecker 
Phoebe Willis Stevens 
Robert Reed Whiteside, Jr. 
Francis Edward Wooters 
Margaret Jean Hough Young 
G. Zeller 



227 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Science 

Robert Monroe Allen, Jr. Mark William Ogren 

William Albert Dickson Susan Kathleen Pierce 

Thomas Evans Fix Benjamin Allen Rodgers 

Michael Edward Keenan Loretta Kay Snyder 

Thomas Nathaniel Long Usha Somasundaran 

Donald Wesley Wells 

Bachelor of Business Administration 

John Walton Fisher William Arvil Marion, Jr. 

Walter Wyatt Snider 

Juris Doctor 
Norman Wilson Shearin, Jr. 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 

Fix, Thomas Evans Hoyle, Carolyn Norfleet 

Freeman, Dianne Jones Stevens, Phoebe Willis 

Magna Cum Laude 
Somasundaran, Usha 



228 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN 
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 



Philip J. Beavers 



February 1971 

Michael D. Shaw 



March 1971 
Leon W. Wynne, Jr. 



Dennis W. McNames 



May 1971 

George T. Miller 



June 1971 



Russell Z. Aste 
James R. Blevins f 
Jerry L. Brantley 
Bradford D. Cole, Jr. 
Frederick L. Cooper* 
John G. Currin, Jr.f 
Samuel T. Currin* 
Harold C. Doster 
Kenneth R. Ellis 
Lawrence E. Gosnell* 
George F. Henne, Jr. 
Tarn S. Hutchinson, Jr. 
John R. Hutton* 
Richard K. Jonas 
Robert C. Kovarik, Jr. 



William D. Loftinf 
David H. Maner* 
Robert J. MacLaren, Jr.* 
Clarence M. McMurray, Jr. 
Gene Y. Michael* 
Jeffrey S. Nelson* 
Sankey R. Painter 
John R. Penry, Jr.* 
Donald S. Richardson 
Lester D. Sears 
Daniel S. Shannon 
Douglas C. Waller 
Daniel S. Whitaker* 
George H. Wright, III 
Larry W. Yatskof 



Charles D. Decker, III 
DeWitt C. Hauser, III 
Mark A. Planting 



July 1971 

Donald E. Walker, Jr. 
Richard J. Watson 
Lewin G. Wilson 
Harry A. Wills, Jr. 



September 1971 
Parks R. Huffstetler 



Distinguished Military Graduates. 

Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 



229 



ENROLLMENT - FALL 1971 

Men Women Totals 
Graduate School 

Wake Forest College: 

Regular 96 79 175 

Unclassified 19 34 53 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 

Regular 39 15 54 

Unclassified 1 — 1 

155 128 283 

Wake Forest College 

Seniors 347 183 530 

Juniors 416 188 604 

Sophomores 461 237 698 

Freshmen 500 370 870 

Unclassified 29 15 44 

1,753 993 2,746 

Business Administration 

Seniors 40 1 41 

Juniors 26 1 27 

66 2 68 

School of Law 

Third Year 83 3 86 

Second Year 89 3 92 

First Year 107 5 112 

279 11 290 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Fourth Year 59 2 61 

Third Year 73 3 76 

Second Year 68 6 74 

First Year 73 6 79 

273 17 290 

Bahcock School of Management 57 4 61 



283 



2,746 



68 



290 



290 

61 

3,738 



230 



Slimmer Session of 1971 

Men Women 

First Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 62 62 

Unclassified 58 78 

Undergraduates 

Regular 299 129 

Unclassified 53 97 

Law Students 22 2 

Second Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 22 21 

Unclassified 2 9 

Undergraduate 

Regular 33 25 

Unclassified 2 1 

553 424 

Duplicates, attended both terms 43 46 

510 378 

Duplicates, Summer Session 

and Regular Session 313 139 

197 239 



Totals 



124 
136 



428 
150 

24 



43 
11 

58 
3 

977 

89 

888 



452 
436 



436 

4,174 



231 



Registration 

Registration by Departments 

Accounting 179 

Anthropology 361 

Art 107 

Biology , 832 

Business 135 

Business Administration 84 

Chemistry 450 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 20 

Latin 207 

Classics 32 

Economics 458 

Education 475 

English 1,361 

German 267 

History 1,147 

Honors 46 

Humanities 103 

Mathematics 1,007 

Military Science 115 

Music 351 

Philosophy 401 

Physical Education 1,204 

Physics 234 

Politics 615 

Psychology 715 

Religion 693 

Romance Languages: 

French 533 

Russian 15 

Spanish 365 

Sociology 458 

Speech 302 



232 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 46 

Alexander 9 

Alleghany 2 

Anson 6 

Ashe 8 

Avery 3 

Beaufort 7 

Bertie 1 

Bladen 4 

Brunswick 2 

Buncombe 35 

Burke 18 

Cabarrus 26 

Caldwell 20 

Carteret 6 

Caswell 1 

Catawba 30 

Chatham 3 

Cherokee 1 

Chowan 1 

Cleveland 49 

Columbus 12 

Craven 8 

Cumberland 36 

Currituck 1 

Dare 2 

Davidson 73 

Davie 9 

Duplin 7 

Durham 20 

Edgecombe 6 

Forsyth 424 

Franklin 12 

Gaston 33 

Gates 3 

Graham 1 

Granville 7 

Guilford 117 

Halifax 14 

Harnett 14 

Haywood 19 

Henderson 12 

Hertford 5 

Hoke 5 



Hyde 1 

Iredell 33 

Jackson 1 

Johnston 18 

Jones 3 

Lee 13 

Lenoir 17 

Lincoln 19 

McDowell 19 

Macon 3 

Madison 4 

Martin 7 

Mecklenburg 138 

Mitchell 4 

Montgomery 9 

Moore 9 

Nash 18 

New Hanover 25 

Northampton 5 

Onslow 5 

Orange 14 

Pasquotank 5 

Pender 4 

Perquimans 2 

Person 12 

Pitt 12 

Polk 3 

Randolph 18 

Richmond 7 

Robeson 20 

Rockingham 43 

Rowan 39 

Rutherford 12 

Sampson 13 

Scotland 10 

Stanley 11 

Stokes 21 

Surry 35 

Swain 3 

Transylvania 2 

Union 13 

Vance 4 

Wake 87 

Warren 2 



233 



Geographical Distribution 



Washington 2 Wilkes 32 

Watauga 12 Wilson 11 

Wayne 11 Yadkin 18 



States 



Alabama 11 

Arizona 1 

Arkansas 6 

California 15 

Colorado 3 

Connecticut 36 

Delaware 44 

District of Columbia 11 

Florida 147 

Georgia 85 

Hawaii 1 

Idaho 1 

Illinois 44 

Indiana 14 

Iowa 1 

Kansas 1 

Kentucky 28 

Louisiana 4 

Maine 2 

Maryland 173 

Massachusetts 26 

Michigan 7 

Minnesota 4 



Mississippi 1 

Missouri 5 

Montana 1 

New Hampshire 7 

New Jersey 181 

New Mexico 1 

New York 101 

North Dakota 2 

Ohio 53 

Oklahoma 7 

Pennsylvania 178 

Rhode Island 5 

South Carolina 122 

Tennessee 47 

Texas 7 

Utah 9 

Vermont 1 

Virginia 308 

Washington 2 

West Virginia 52 

Wisconsin 4 

Canal Zone 1 

APO Addresses 8 



Foreign Countries 



Africa 

Australia 

Belgium 

Bermuda 

Bolivia 

British Crown Colony 

Canada 

Central America 

Columbia 

England 

France 

Germany 

Greece 



India 

Jamaica 
Lebanon . . . 
Nigeria . . . . 
Netherlands 
Nicaragua 
Okinawa . . 

Peru 

Sweden 
Thailand . . 
Taiwan 
Turkey 
West Indies 



234 



INDEX 



Academic Requirements 

Minimum 55, 64 

Accountancy 87 

Accreditation 7 

Administration 173 

Admission Requirements 21, 57 

Advanced Placement .... 23 
Advanced Standing 

Admission 24 

Advisers 51, 209 

Anthropology 145, 147 

Application Fee 26 

Army R.O.T.C 27 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 229 

Art 81 

Art Museum 19 

Asian Studies Program. . 153 

Athletics 15 

Intercollegiate 49 

Staff 208 

Attendance Requirements 53 

Auditing 51 

Awards 45 

Babcock Graduate School 

of Management 156 

Basic Course Require- 
ments 65 

Biology 82 

Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 166 

Buildings, Academic .... 14 
Buildings, Residence .... 16 
Buildings and Grounds. . 14 
Business Administration. 158 
Business and Accoun- 
tancy 85 

Calendar 3, 4 

Chapel Service 12 

Charges 25 

Chemistry 88 

Chinese 141 

Choir Work Grants 41 

Class Schedule 78 

Classical Languages .... 90 

Classics 92 

Classification 50 

Coaching Staff 208 

College Union 49 

Committees of the 

Faculty 209 

Course Conditions 

Removal Procedure ... 28 

Seniors 57 

Course Numbers 78 

Course Repetition 53 



Courses of Instruction 

The College 68 

Maximum Number ... 69 
School of Business 

Administration 158 

Credit Load 50 

Dean's List 58 

Debate and Speech 44 

Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 63 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 158 

Bachelor of Science . . 63 

Combined 71 

Doctor of Medicine . . . 166 

Juris Doctor 161 

Master of Arts 160 

Degrees Conferred 213 

Dentistry 75 

Deposits 26 

Divisional Course 

Requirements 66 

Dormitories 16, 27 

Dual Enrollment 24 

Economics 93 

Education 95 

Endowment 12 

Engineering 75 

English 101 

Enrollment Summary . . . 230 

Examinations 52 

Experiment in 

Int'l Living 59 

Faculty 178 

Fees 26 

Fine Arts 105 

Food Services 29 

Forensics 43 

Forestry 76 

France, Semester In .... 140 

Fraternities 47 

French 138 

Geographical 

Distribution 233 

German 105 

German Exchange 

Scholarship 40 

Grading System 52 

Graduate School 28, 160 

Graduation 

Distinctions 58, 219 

Fee 27 

Requirements 63 

Greek 91 

Health Service 27, 60 

Hebrew 137 



235 



Index 



Hindi 141 

Historical Sketch 8 

History 107 

Honor Societies 47 

Honor System 42 

Honors Program 

Departmental 81 

Interdisciplinary 79 

Housing 29 

Human Enterprises 

Institute 61 

Humanities Ill 

Interdepartmental 

Courses 152 

Journalism 102 

Latin 91 

Law School 28, 71, 161 

Libraries 17 

Loan Funds 38 

Majors 68 

Majors in Two Depart- 
ments 70 

Management 156 

Mathematics Ill 

Medals 45 

Medical Sciences 72 

Medical Technology .... 73 

Medicine 28 

Microbiology 74 

Military Science 114 

Ministerial Students 37, 40 

Music 115 

Navy ROC Program 62 

Open Curriculum 68 

Pass-Fail Grades 52 

Phi Beta Kappa 48 

Philosophy 119 

Physical Education 

Courses 121 

Equipment 15 

Physician Assistant 

Program 74 

Physics 125 

Piedmont University 

Center 20 

Placement Office 62 

Politics . 127 

Prerequisites 78 

Probation 57 

Psychological Center .... 60 

Psychology 132 

Publications 45 



Purposes and Objectives. 11 

Quality Points 52 

Radio 45 

Reading Improvement . . 60 

Readmission 57 

Recreational Activities . . 48 
Registration 

Dates 3, 4 

Procedure 51 

Regulations 54 

Religion 134 

Religious Program 12 

Reports 58 

Requirements, Academic 55, 64 

Romance Languages .... 138 

Room Regulations 30 

Russian 142 

Salem College Courses . . 155 

Scholarships 31 

Senior Orations 43 

Senior Testing Program. 70 

Social Science 145 

Sociology and 

Anthropology 145 

Spanish 142 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship 41 

Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts .... 149 

Speech Institute 43 

Student Employment ... 41 

Student Government .... 42 

Student Judicial Board. . 43 

Study Abroad 59 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 59 

Summer Term 28, 170 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 96 

Theatre 44, 45 

Transcripts 28, 59 

Trustees 172 

Tuition 25 

Upper Division 68 

Urban Affairs Institute. . 61 

Venice Program 154 

Veterans 62 

Winter Term 50, 64 

Withdrawal 

From College 55 

From Course 54 



236 




Addre$s Correction Requested 
Return Postage Guaranteed 

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 
WINSTON-SALEM, N. C. 27109